Home

Display - Service, Support

1. D C ees ee ee ee o i i il UU i C D L 90 A 25 2 63 2 135 j F F E 310 90 35 135 ar Figure A 1 Dimension drawing for IM 154 8 CPU interface module with CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 terminal module IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 219 Appendix A 3 Cycle and response times A 3 Cycle and response times A 3 1 Overview Overview This section contains detailed information about the following topics e Cycle time e Response time e Interrupt response time Reference Cycle time You can view the cycle time of your user program on the programming device Fo
2. e Bit operations 0 1 us e Word instructions 0 2 us e Fixed point arithmetic 2 us e Floating point arithmetic 3 us Timers counters and their retentivity S7 counters 256 e Retentive memory Configurable e Default From CO to C7 e Counting range 0 to 999 IEC Counters Yes e Type SFB e Number Unlimited limited only by work memory S7 timers 256 e Retentive memory Configurable e Default Not retentive e Timer range 10 ms to 9990 s IEC timers Yes e Type SFB e Number Unlimited limited only by work memory IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 203 Technical specifications 10 2 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 204 Technical data Data areas and their retentive address areas Bit memory 2048 bytes e Retentive memory Configurable e Preset retentive address areas From MBO to MB15 Clock memory 8 1 memory byte Data blocks e Number 1023 in the 1 to 1023 range of numbers e Size 16 KB e Non retain support configurable retentive Yes address areas Local data per priority class Max 1024 bytes per task 510 per block Blocks Total 1024 DBs FCs FBs The maximum number of blocks that can be loaded may be reduced if you are using another SIMATIC Micro Memory Card OBs See the Instruction List e Size max 16 KB e Num
3. 9 4 2 Status and error displays on the IM 154 8 CPU Table 9 3 Status and error displays on the IM 154 8 CPU LED Meaning SF ON FRCE RUN STOP Off Off Off Off Off The IM 154 8 CPU has no power supply To correct or avoid error Check whether the power supply module is connected to mains and switched on Off On X Off On The IM 154 8 CPU is in STOP mode To correct or avoid error Start the IM 154 8 CPU On On X Off On The IM 154 8 CPU is in STOP mode as a result of error To correct or avoid error refer to the tables below evaluation of the SF LED X On X Off Flashes The IM 154 8 CPU requests a memory reset 0 5 Hz X On X Off Flashes The IM 154 8 CPU carries out the memory reset 2 Hz X On X Flashes On The IM 154 8 CPU is starting up 2 Hz X On X Flashes On The IM 154 8 CPU was paused by a programmed break point 0 5 Hz For details refer to the Programming Manual Programming with STEP 7 On On X X X Hardware or software error To correct or avoid error refer to the tables below evaluation of the SF LED X X On X X You enabled the Force function For details refer to the Programming Manual Programming with STEP 7 X X Flashes X X Node flashing test was activated 2 Hz Flashes Flashes Flashes Flashes Flashes Your IM 154 8 CPU has an internal system error The procedure is as follows 1 Set the mode selector switch to STOP 2 Switch the supply voltage 1L off and on again 3 Read t
4. Table 6 1 Default address assignment for centralized I O modules in an ET 200pro with IM 154 8 CPU Reserved Slot number Address Area 1 2 3 J4 5 6 7 8 age 20 Digital modules IM 154 8 CPU 1 4 8 12 16 m 64 special modules motor starters Analog modules 272 288 304 320 ie 512 to to to to to 287 303 319 335 527 Power 256 3 272 288 304 320 pia 512 modules 2 1 with X01 DP1 DP2 as the MPI DP interface and X02 P1 P2 P3 as the PROFINET interface 2 Diagnostic addresses no user data 3 For the power module integrated into the IM 154 8 CPU IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 100 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Addressing 6 1 Addressing the V O modules Example of Slot Oriented Address Assignment for I O Modules The figure below illustrates a sample ET 200pro configuration showing an example of the address allocation for I O modules The addresses for the I O modules are predefined in default addressing Slot numbers 1to4 5 6 7 ET 200pro IM 154 8 CPU 1 soho i i 256 4 0 288 304 16 0 0 to to o 147 295 311 16 3 i Figure 6 3 Example of address assignment for I O modules Assigned addresses 6 1 2 User oriented addressing of the I O Modules User oriented addressing User oriented module addressing is possible with both centralized and distributed I Os User oriented addressing means you can freely select e Input addresses for modules a
5. l l l l l l l l l l Connection module Figure 10 1 Block diagram for the IM 154 8 CPU Terminal for the electronic encoder load voltage supplies incoming supplies Terminal for the electronic encoder load voltage supplies loop through Terminal for PROFIBUS DP incoming supply Terminal for PROFIBUS DP loop through Terminal for PROFINET port 1 Terminal for PROFINET port 2 Terminal for PROFINET port 3 SIMATIC Micro Memory Card V OOHHOHOO IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 202 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Technical specifications 10 2 2 10 2 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Technical specifications Table 10 1 Technical specifications for the IM 154 8 CPU Technical data IM 154 8 CPU and product version Order number MLFB 6ES7154 8AB00 0ABO e Hardware version 01 e Firmware version V 2 5 0 e Associated programming package STEP 7 V5 4 or later Service Pack 1 HSP data blocks Memory Work memory e Work memory 256 KB e Expandable No e Capacity of the retentive memory for retentive 128 KB Load memory Pluggable via SIMATIC Micro Memory Card max 8 MB Buffering Guaranteed by SIMATIC MMC maintenance free Data retention on the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card after final programming At least 10 years Execution times Processing times of
6. cecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeaeeseeaeeeeeeaaeeseeaeeeeeenaeeeeeneeiaeeeeeeaes 20 Table 2 2 General status and error displays on the IM 154 8 CPU eee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeeeeenaees Table 2 3 Status and error displays for the bus interfaces on the IM 154 8 CPU ccceeeeeeteeeeeteees Table 3 1 Communication services of the IM 154 8 CPU ssssssssssnesesnnesrsnnasnennanrnnannnnnonnannanennantannannnnnnnan e 29 Table 3 2 Client and server in S7 communication using connections with unilateral bilateral GOMMPIQUIPATION oa c cee A E ede ched ene even dau svanieaea E E Genkstuiatedessapers Table 3 3 GD resources of the IM 154 8 CPU ccssssscssssssssssscssssseesesesssnssscenseectstsensserseessenstaenssneeseeseseees Table 3 4 Number of routing connections for IM 154 8 CPU cece eens ee etne eee ttteeeeetaeeeetaeeeeetnaeeereea 35 Table 3 5 New System and Standard Functions System and Standard Functions to be Replaced Table 3 6 System and Standard Functions in PROFIBUS DP that must be Implemented with Different Functions in PROFINET 10 0 0 ccccesceeeeeceeneeteeeeeesecseseeeeeesecaecaecseenecaeessceseeenseesaens Table 3 7 OBs in PROFINET IO and PROFIBUS DP cccccceceseeeeceeceeeeaeeeeeeeceneeseeeeeseaeeteaeeesneeeneneeeaes IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 10 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Table of contents Table 3 8 Table 3 9 Table 3 10 Table 3 11 Table 3 12
7. Overview of communication services The table below provides an overview of the communication services provided by the IM 154 8 CPU Table 3 1 Communication services of the IM 154 8 CPU Communication service Functionality Time at which the S7 connection is via via DP via established MPI PN Programming device Commissioning test From the programming device X X X communication diagnostics starting when the service is used OP communication Control and monitoring From the OP at Power ON X X X S7 basic communication Data exchange Is programmed at the blocks SFC X parameters S7 communication Data exchange in server and From the active partner at Only in Only in X client mode Configuration of POWER ON server server communication required mode _ mode Global data Cyclic data exchange for Does not require an S7 connection X communication example bit memory Routing programming for example testing From the programming device X X X device functions diagnostics on other networks starting when the service is used also PROFIBUS DP Data exchange between Does not require an S7 connection X master and slave PROFINET CBA Data exchange by means of Does not require an S7 connection X component based communication PROFINET IO Data exchange between IO Does not require an S7 connection X controllers and the IO devices Web Server Diagno
8. eeeccceeeeceeeeenneeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 149 Backing up the firmware to the SIMATIC micro memory Card eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeesaeeeeeenas 152 Firmware update using a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card ceccceeeeeceeeeesneeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 153 SOL sublists With IEM Gata erence e EEEE AE ENEE E EEA 163 The differences between forcing and modifying variableS seseesseeeseeereeesrrsseerrssrrrssrrrrsses 166 Status and error displays on the IM 154 8 CPU ssssessssssssrsssirssserrsserrsstrrrsstrrsstnnnstnnnssttnnsennna 172 Evaluation of the SF LED Software errr c ec ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseneaeeseenaeeaaeees 173 Evaluating the SF LED hardware error eccceceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeseneeeeeseeeeeeseeaeeeseaeenatens BF DP LED ainina E AE cine EE saad advan Aaa aa aandaa aE aaiae 176 BF DP LED lights UDan a a aai e iaaa 176 BF DP LED flashes eccceceeeceeeeceeecececeaeeecaeeceeeeeaeeecaaeeecaaeeeaceseaeeeseeecaesesaaeseseeeeeesaeeseneeeeees 176 BF PN LED lights Up cccccccecceeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeceeeeeeecaaeeesaaeecaeescaeeesaeeecaaesesaaeseaeeteeeeaeeseneeeeaees 178 BF PN LED flashes with a PROFINET IO controller eeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeetenaeeeeneaes 178 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 11 Table of contents Table 9 11 Table 9 12 Table 9 13 Table 9 14 Table 9 15 Tab
9. 2 1 The bit is always set to 1 if the DP slave with this DP address is present 3 1 Response monitoring has been enabled for this DP slave 4 1 DP slave has received control command FREEZE 5 1 DP slave has received control command SYNC 6 0 The bit is always set to 0 7 1 DP slave is disabled i e it has been excluded from cyclic processing IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 192 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 6 Diagnostics on the PROFIBUS DP Station status 3 Table 9 19 Structure of station status 3 Byte 2 Bit Meaning Oto6 0 Bits are always set to 0 7 1 There are more diagnostic messages than the DP slave is able to store The DP master cannot enter all the diagnostic messages sent by the DP slave in its diagnostic buffer Master PROFIBUS address The Master PROFIBUS address diagnostic byte stores the DP address of the DP master e Which the DP slave has configured and e Has read and write access to the DP slave Table 9 20 Structure of the Master PROFIBUS address byte 3 Bit Meaning O0to7 DP address of the DP master that has configured the DP slave and has read write access to that DP slave FFu DP slave was not configured by a DP master Manufacturer ID The manufacturer s ID contains a code that describes the type of the DP slave Table 9 21 Structure of the manufacturer ID
10. See also PU memory reset and restart Page ormatting the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Page 116 7 4 4 Formatting the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card You must format the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card in the following cases The SIMATIC Micro Memory Card module type is not a user module The SIMATIC Micro Memory Card has not been formatted The SIMATIC Micro Memory Card is defective The content of the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card is invalid The content of the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card has been identified as invalid The Load user program operation was interrupted as a result of Power Off The Write RAM to ROM operation was interrupted as a result of Power Off Error when evaluating the module content during Memory reset Formatting error or formatting failed If one of these errors has occurred the IM 154 8 CPU prompts for yet another memory reset even after the memory has already been reset The card s content is retained until the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card is formatted unless the Load user program or Write RAM to ROM operation was interrupted as a result of Power Off The SIMATIC Micro Memory Card is only formatted if there is a reason to do so see above and not for example when you are prompted for a memory reset after a module is changed In this case a switch to MRES triggers a normal memory reset for which the module content remains valid 116 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 0
11. Introduction Measured values are generated when the IM 154 8 CPU executes the user program These values are to be logged and analyzed Processing sequence Acquisition of measured values e The IM 154 8 CPU writes all measured values to a DB for alternating backup mode in several DBs which is located in the work memory Measured value logging e Before the data volume can exceed work memory capacity you should call SFC 84 WRIT_DBL in the user program to swap measured values from the DB to load memory The figure below shows how to handle measured value log files Load memory SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Work memory Measured value 1 hore SFC 82 CREA_DBL re 4 1558 CPU Measured value 2 Current Measured values lt a _ SFC 84 WRIT_DBL Measured value n You can call SFC 82 CREA_DBL in the user program to generate new additional static DBs in load memory which do not require RAM space IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 86 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Memory concept 4 2 Memory functions Reference For additional information on the block SFC 82 can be found in the System and Standard Functions for S7 300 400 reference manual or in the STEP 7 Online Help Note SFC 82 is terminated and an error message is generated if a DB already exists under the same number in load memory and or work memory The data written to load
12. Use bus connectors to connect a programming device which is permanently installed on the MPI subnet to the other nodes of the MPI subnet The following components can be used for the cable Bus connector 6ES7972 0BB50 0XA0 PROFIBUS FC trailing cable 6XV1830 3EH10 1x PROFIBUS DP M12 plug connector socket insert 6GK1905 OEB00 1x PROFIBUS DP M12 plug connector male insert 6GK1905 OEA00 The following picture shows two networked ET 200pro units with IM 154 8 CPU The two ET 200pro units are connected to one another via the PROFIBUS bus cable At one end the bus cable has a PROFIBUS DP M12 plug connector with socket insert and at the other it has a male insert The figure illustrates the following PROFIBUS bus cable Terminating resistor socket insert 6GK1905 0ED00 Terminating resistor male insert 6GK1905 0EC00 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 123 Commissioning 7 4 Commissioning the modules 7 4 6 4 Connecting a programming device to ungrounded MPI nodes Requirement The programming device must have an integrated MPI interface or an MPI card in order to connect it to an MPI Connecting a programming device to ungrounded nodes of an MPI subnet Connecting a programming device to ungrounded nodes Always use an ungrounded PG to connect to ungrounded subnet nodes or to an ungrounded ET 200pro w
13. c ceseceeeccceceeeeeeenaeeeceeeeesenaeeeceeeeeseaanaeceeeeeseeenaeeecannaeess 229 Process diagnostic interrupt response times of the IM 154 8 CPU ceeeeeceeeeeeeeenteeeees 230 Example Substitutions under Options gt Rewire ccceceeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeesecseaeeeeess 233 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Description 1 1 1 What is the IM 154 8 CPU interface module Function The IM 154 8 CPU interface module is a component of the ET 200pro distributed I O device with degree of protection IP65 IP66 or IP67 The IM 154 8 CPU is an intelligent preprocessor It enables you to decentralize control tasks An ET 200pro with an IM 154 8 CPU can therefore exercise full and if necessary independent control over a process related functional unit and can be used as a stand alone CPU A IM 154 8 CPU can be e Operated with an MPI interface e Either a DP slave or DP master on the PROFIBUS DP e Either an lO controller or a PROFINET CBA device with or without proxy functionality for PROFIBUS DP on the PROFINET The use of the IM 154 8 CPU leads to further modularization and standardization of process related functional units and simple clear machine concepts Properties of the IM 154 8 CPU The IM 154 8 CPU interface module has the following special features e The interface module has PLC functionality integrated CPU component with 256 KB RAM e The i
14. 9 6 4 Structure of the slave diagnostic data when the IM 154 8 CPU is used as an intelligent slave Syntax of the diagnostics datagram for slave diagnostics Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 bis Byte x 1 Byte x bis Byte y 1 Byte y bis Byte z a 1 exception If the DP master is configured incorrectly the DP slave interprets 35 configured address areas 46H in byte 6 Figure 9 5 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Structure of the slave diagnostic data Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Station status 1 to 3 Master PROFIBUS address High byte Manufacturer ID Low byte Identifier related diagnostics The length depends on the number of configured address areas in transfer memory 1 Module status device related diagnostics The length depends on the number of configured address areas Interrupt status device related diagnostics The length depends on the type of interrupt 191 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 6 Diagnostics on the PROFIBUS DP Station status 1 Table 9 17 Structure of station status 1 byte 0 Bit Meaning Remedy 0 1 The DP slave cannot be addressed by the DP master e ls the correct DP address set on the DP slave Is the bus connector in place Voltage at DP slave Correct configuration of the RS485 Repeater Perform a reset on the DP slave 1 1 The DP slave is
15. Distributed I O systems I O systems that are not integrated into the central controller but rather at distributed locations a long distance from the CPU such as e ET 200M ET 200X ET 200L ET 200S ET 200pro e DP AS I Link e 5 95U with PROFIBUS DP slave interface e Further DP slaves supplied by Siemens or other vendors The distributed I O systems are connected to the DP master via PROFIBUS DP DP master A master that complies with the IEC 61784 1 2002 Ed1 CP 3 1 standard is known as a DP master gt Master DP slave A slave running on the PROFIBUS using the PROFIBUS DP protocol in compliance with IEC 61784 1 2002 Ed1 CP 3 1 is known as a DP slave Slave DP Standard Bus protocol of the ET 200 distributed I O system to IEC 61784 1 2002 Ed1 CP 3 1 DPV1 The designation DPV1 means extension of the functionality of the acyclical services to include new interrupts for example provided by the DP protocol The DPV1 functionality is an integral part of the IEC 61784 1 2002 Ed1 CP 3 1 standard Electrically isolated Electrically isolated I O modules are isolated from the reference potentials of the control and load circuits by means of an optocoupler relay contact or transformer circuit for example I O circuits may be connected to the same potential IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 240 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Glossary Electronic modules Electronic modules form the interface bet
16. Every communication link requires S7 connection resources on the IM 154 8 CPU for the entire duration of this connection Thus every IM 154 8 CPU provides a specific number of S7 connection resources These are used by various communication services Programming device OP communication S7 communication or S7 basic communication Connection points Transition point See also An S7 connection between modules with communication capability is established between connection points The S7 connection always has two connection points The active and passive connection points e The active connection point is assigned to the module that establishes the S7 connection e The passive connection point is assigned to the module that accepts the S7 connection Any module that is capable of communication can thus act as an S7 connection point At the connection point the established communication link always uses one S7 connection of the module concerned If you use the routing functionality the S7 connection between two modules capable of communication is established across a number of subnets These subnets are interconnected via a network transition The module that implements this network transition is known as a router The router is thus the point through which an S7 connection passes Any IM 154 8 CPU can be the router for an S7 connection You can establish a certain maximum number of routing connections This does not limit the data volu
17. Figure 3 3 Example for selecting the web server Note If you activate the web server and do not select a language messages and diagnostic information will be displayed in hexadecimal code IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 52 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5SE00860134 01 Communication 3 3 Web Server 3 3 2 Web pages 3 3 2 1 Start page with general CPU information Establishing a connection to the web server Connect to the web server by entering the IP address of the configured IM 154 8 CPU on the web browser s address bar e g http 192 168 1 158 The connection is established and the Intro page opens Intro The first page Intro called up by the web server is shown below SIMATIC ET200pro IM 154 8 PN DP E Skip Intro Figure 3 4 Intro Click on the ENTER link to access the web server pages Note Skip website intro Check the Skip Intro check box to skip the intro You will then access the web server s start page directly in future You can reverse the Skip intro setting by clicking on the Intro link on the start page IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 53 Communication 3 3 Web Server Start page General Status 54 The start page contains information as shown below 00 00 03 am 23 02 1994 SIMATIC IM 154 8 PNIDP CONTROLLER gt Start page General Station name SIMATIC 300 1 Module name IM 154
18. following table Notice Install all of the HSPs listed in the following table to ensure that the ET 200pro works smoothly with the IM 154 8 CPU ET 200pro modules that were configured with older HSP versions must not be copied to the rack with the IM 154 8 CPU The individual modules without the specified interface modules can only be used centrally in an ET 200pro with IM 154 8 CPU if the product version firmware version with the specified HSP is as stated or later Table 1 1 Constraints on using ET 200pro modules Module Order number As of HSP required product version firmware version IM 154 1 DP 6ES7154 1AA00 0ABO E01 HSP0063 V1 3 IM 154 2 DP High Feature 6ES7154 2AA00 0ABO E01 HSP0063 V1 3 IM 154 4 PN High Feature 6ES7154 4AB00 0ABO E01 HSP0092 V1 3 PM E 6ES7148 4CA00 0AA0 E01 HSP0068 V1 4 8 DI DC 24V 6ES7141 4BF00 0AA0 E01 HSP0064 V1 5 8 DI DC 24V High Feature 6ES7141 4BF00 0ABO E01 HSP0064 V1 5 4 DO DC 24V 2 0A 6ES7142 4BD00 0AA0 E01 HSP0065 V2 3 4 DO DC 24V 2 0A High Feature 6ES7142 4BD00 0ABO E03 HSP0065 V2 3 8 DO DC 24V 0 5A 6ES7142 4BF00 0AA0 E03 HSP0065 V2 3 4 Al U High Feature 6ES7144 4FF00 0ABO E01 HSP0066 V2 3 4 Al High Feature 6ES7144 4GF00 0ABO E01 HSPO0066 V2 3 4 Al RTD High Feature 6ES7144 4JF00 OABO E01 HSPO0066 V2 3 4 AO U High Feature 6ES7145 4FF00 0ABO E02 HSP0067 V1 4 4 AO I High Feature 6ES7145 4GF00 0ABO E02 HSP0067 V1 4 16 DO DC 24V C
19. mode selector again The IM 154 8 CPU is now reset to the as delivered state It runs unbuffered all the LEDs light up apart from P1 and P2 and changes to STOP mode IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 4 Commissioning the modules Lamp images while the IM 154 8 CPU is being reset While you are resetting the IM 154 8 CPU to the as delivered state the LEDs light up in succession in the following lamp images Table 7 7 Lamp images LED Color Lamp image 1 Lamp image 2 Lamp image 3 SF Red o O A BF DP Red o O m BF PN Red o m m MAINT Yellow o o o ON Green A A A DC 24V Green gt gt gt FRCE Yellow O o o RUN Green O o O STOP Yellow O Oo O P1 Green o m O P2 Green o mj O Key A LED lights up o LED out O LED flashing at 0 5 Hz LED lights up if load voltage supply 2L switches on 1 The DC 24V LED retains the state that it had before the reset process started i e no change if the load voltage supply 2L fails during the reset See also Inserting Replacing a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Page 110 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 119 Commissioning 7 4 Commissioning the modules 7 4 6 Connecting the programming device PG 7 4 6 1 Connecting a programming device PC to the integrated PROFINET interface of the IM 154 8 CPU I
20. port 1 of the PROFINET interface M12 circular socket with male contact insert for connecting PROFIBUS DP 9 OG OJO M12 circular socket with female contact insert for looping PROFIBUS DP IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 19 Operating and display elements 2 1 Operating and display elements on the IM 154 8 CPU Slot for the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Memory module is a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card You can use MMCs as load memory and as portable storage media The slot for the SIMATIC micro memory card can be accessed by removing the terminal module on the front of the interface module The nserting Replacing a Micro Memory Card section contains detailed information on inserting the SIMATIC micro memory card Note The IM 154 8 CPU does not have an integrated load memory so you will need to add a SIMATIC micro memory card in order to use it Mode selector switch You can use the mode selector switch to set the current operating mode of the IM 154 8 CPU Table 2 1 Mode selector switch settings Position Meaning Description RUN RUN mode The IM 154 8 CPU runs the user program STOP STOP mode The IM 154 8 CPU does not run the user program MRES Memory reset Mode selector switch setting for e Ageneral reset of the IM 154 8 CPU e Backing up the firmware to the SIMATIC micro memory card e Resetting to the as suppl
21. 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 4 Commissioning the modules The table below lists the display of variables CPUs The IM 154 8 CPU variables are displayed Configured CPU in their S7 program hardware station in which the variable table is stored Directly connected CPU that is connected directly to the programming device Available CPU that is selected in the dialog window Use the PLC gt Connect to gt Available CPU menu item to connect to an available IM 154 8 CPU This can be used to connect to any IM 154 8 CPU available on the network Modifying outputs when the IM 154 8 CPU is in STOP mode The function Enable PO resets the output disable signal for the peripheral outputs PO thus allowing the PO to be modified when the IM 154 8 CPU is in STOP mode In order to enable the POs proceed as follows 1 Select Table gt Open the variable table VAT to open the variable table containing the POs you want to modify or activate the window containing the corresponding VAT 2 To modify the POs of the active VAT select the required IM 154 8 CPU connection using the PLC gt Connect to menu item 3 Use the PLC gt Operating Mode menu item to open the Operating Mode dialog and switch the IM 154 8 CPU to STOP mode 4 Enter your values in the Modify value column for the PO you want to modify Examples PO POB 7 modify value 240100 0011 POW 2 W 16 0027 POD4 DW 16 0001
22. 5 Select Variable gt Enable PO to set Enable PO mode 6 Modify the PO by selecting Variable gt Activate Modify Values Enable PO mode remains active until reset by selecting Variable gt Enable PO once mode Enable PO is also terminated when the connection to the programming device is dropped 7 Return to step 4 if you want to set new values Note For example a message pops up to indicate a IM 154 8 CPU mode transition from STOP to RUN or STARTUP A message also pops up when the Enable PO function is set while the IM 154 8 CPU is in RUN mode IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 129 Commissioning 7 5 Commissioning PROFIBUS DP 7 5 Commissioning PROFIBUS DP 7 5 1 Commissioning the PROFIBUS DP network Requirements Requirements for commissioning a PROFIBUS DP network e A PROFIBUS DP network is installed e You have configured the PROFIBUS DP network using STEP 7and have assigned a PROFIBUS DP address and the address space to all the nodes e Note that you must also set address switches for some of the DP slaves see the description of the relevant DP slave e The software listed in the following table is required for the IM 154 8 CPU Table 7 8 Software requirements for the IM 154 8 CPU CPU Order number Software required IM 154 8 CPU 6ES7154 8AB00 0ABO STEP 7V5 4 or later Service Pack 1 HSP DP address area of the IM 154 8 CPU Table 7 9 DP addre
23. 7 2 Commissioning procedure 7 2 1 Procedure Commissioning the hardware Hardware requirements e ET 200pro has been installed e ET 200pro has been wired up With a networked ET 200pro the following applies to the interfaces e MPI PROFIBUS the MPI PROFIBUS addresses have been configured The terminating resistors on the segments are enabled e PROFINET The integrated PROFINET interface of IM 154 8 CPU has been configured in STEP 7 IP address and device name set in HW Config The IM 154 8 CPU has been connected to the subnet IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 105 Commissioning 7 2 Commissioning procedure Recommended procedure Hardware With its modular structure and many different expansion options an ET 200pro can be very large and complex It is therefore not a good idea to switch it on for the first time with all the modules installed Rather we recommend a step by step commissioning procedure We recommend the following initial commissioning procedure for an ET 200pro Table 7 1 Recommended commissioning procedure Hardware Activity An installation and wiring check according to checklist Remarks Information on this can be found in section Commissioning check list Disconnecting drive aggregates and control elements This prevents negative effects on your system as a result of program errors Tip By redirecting data from your ou
24. A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 3 Debugging functions Debugging functions of the software Forcing variables The Force function can be used to assign the variables of a user program or IM 154 8 CPU also inputs and outputs constant values which can not be overwritten by the user program For example you can use it to jumper sensors or switch outputs permanently irrespective of the user program AN Danger This could result in severe injury or even death and damage to property Incorrect use of the Force function could result in death or severe injury and damage to machinery or even the entire plant Always follow the safety instructions in the STEP 7 manuals AN Danger Forcing with the IM 154 8 CPU The force values in the process input image can be overwritten by write commands such as T IB x x y Copy with SFC etc and by read I O commands such as L PIW x in the user program or by write programming device OP functions Outputs initialized with forced values only return the forced value if not accessed by the user program via I O write instructions TPQB x for example or by programming device OP write functions Always ensure that forced values in the I O process image cannot be overwritten by the user program or programming device OP functions On the IM 154 8 CPU forcing corresponds to cyclical control Execution of Execution of force job force job
25. End point for the IM 154 8 CPU 69 Time sequence for allocation Transition point Scope Operating Instructions 3 Security of the web server 50 Service amp support Service case SF LED Evaluation 4173 SFB 52 42 SFB 53 SFB 54 SFB 81 SFC 12 SFC 14 SFC 15 SFC 49 SFC 58 SFC 59 SFC 70 SFC 71 SFC102 Shortest response time Calculation 227 Conditions 227 SIMATIC Manager start SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Properties Service life Slot Simple Network Management Protocol Slave diagnostics installation Reading example 186 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Index Slot assignment ET 200pro Slot oriented addressing of the centralized I O modules 99 SNMP 47 Startup IM 154 8 CPU as a DP slave IM 154 8 CPU as an IO controller IM 154 8 CPU as DP master Stepping mode Switch 91 SYNC Synchronous error System and Standard Functions 42 System memory 74 I O process image Local data T Technical specifications CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 IM 154 8 CPU 203 Technical support 4 Terminal module CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 Accessories Technical specifications Terminating resistor Training center Transfer memory Access from the user program 102 Troubleshooting IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 U Update Operating system 153 Upload 8 Useful life of a S
26. Table 4 1 Table 4 2 Table 4 3 Table 6 1 Table 7 1 Table 7 2 Table 7 3 Table 7 4 Table 7 5 Table 7 6 Table 7 7 Table 7 8 Table 7 9 Table 7 10 Table 7 11 Table 7 12 Table 7 13 Table 7 14 Table 7 15 Table 8 1 Table 8 2 Table 9 1 Table 9 2 Table 9 3 Table 9 4 Table 9 5 Table 9 6 Table 9 7 Table 9 8 Table 9 9 Table 9 10 Distribution Of CONMECUONS sciissceccissececiisee terse cect EEE RE etdavie eens eines ede Availability of connection FESOUICES cece ceceeeeeeteeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeseaaeeeeetaeeeeenaeeaaeeeeeeaaes 69 Number of connection resources for routing sessssssesrrsssrnesternensansaeennddssnnatdnnaatannaaeendatan anaana 69 Interrupt blocks with DPV1 functionality 0 cece ceceeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaeeeeesaeeeessaeeeaeeeeneaaes System function blocks with DPV1 functionality 0 0 0 0 eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeenaeeeaeees Retentive behavior of the memory objects ee eect eeeee ee eete ee ee eenee settee ee eaeeeeeaeeeeetieeeeeeeeeead 75 Retentivity of the DBs in the IM 154 8 CPU ccc cence ee etneee ee ennee ee taeeeeesieeeeetaeeeeesneeeee erent 76 Address areas of system MEMOTY 0 ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeesaaeeesesaeeeeesaeeeeneiteeeeeeeeeaaes Default address assignment for centralized I O modules in an ET 200pro with IM 154 8 CPU siinide arada aaaea a aa a a AA eA AE a E T aa aAA EEEa 100 Recommended commissioning procedure
27. There you will find Our Newsletter which constantly provides you with the latest information about your products The right documentation for you using our Service amp Support search engine The bulletin board a worldwide knowledge exchange for users and experts Your local contact for Automation amp Drives in our contact database Information about on site services repairs spare parts Lots more can be found on our Services pages IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Preface IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 6 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Table of contents Preface 1 PD SCMUDUON 2s 2 oo acess cleo een cece ct favs cents a wusaca ca tesh E A Mi vassto dst sasasseevseuvelanvicatiieianetecntemusteeucecte 1 1 2 1 2 2 What is the IM 154 8 CPU interface module 0 cece c cece eecce ee eeseseeeeeseesueeseeeaeeeeeenaeeeenaaas Operating and display elements on the IM 154 8 CPU 000 000 occ ce ceeececce cece ee ee eect ee teeeeeeetteeeeeeeteees Status and error displays on the IM 154 8 CPU ooo ee eee e center ee enne test tate eeeaaeeeeesaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaes 3 COMMUNICATION Pa EEEE S E EEEE AEE EEEE EEA E A EEE EAE E EE 3 3 2 1 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 4 3 3 2 5 3 3 2 6 3 3 2 7 3 4 3 4 1 3 4 2 3 4 3 3 4 4 3 5 2 Operating and display elements cccccccesssnsecnneeeeeeeesseeneeeeeeeeesseenseeeeeeeesseeeaeeeeeeeesssenaeeeegaus
28. byte 4 and 5 Byte 4 Byte 5 Manufacturer s ID for 81H 54H IM 154 8 CPU IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 193 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 6 Diagnostics on the PROFIBUS DP Structure of the identifier related diagnostic data for the IM 154 8 CPU Module diagnostics indicate the configured address area of Transfer memory that has received an entry 16 54 210 Bi Byte 6 Hoes Y s Length of the identifier related diagnostic data including byte 6 depending on the number of configured address areas up to 6 bytes Code for ID related diagnostics 76543210 Bit Bye7 IT Set Actual configuration Set Actual configuration or slave CPU in STOP Set Actual configuration Entry for 1st configured address area Entry for 2nd configured address area Entry for 3rd configured address area Entry for 4th configured address area Entry for 5th configured address area Ca a A Sg A a o Bit Byte8 1 Entry for 6th to 13th configured address area 7 65 4 3 2 1 0 Bit Entry for 14th to 21st configured address area oo 4 3 2 1 Eh eve TT TT TTT Entry for 22nd to 29th configured address area 7 65 4 3 2 1 O Bit Byte 11 ofofofojo Entry for 30th configured address area Entry for 31st configured address area Entry for 32nd configured address area Figure 9 6 _Identifier related diagnostics IM 154 8 CPU Inte
29. for segment expansion with additional 1O devices or for the connection of a programming device Functionality e PROFINET Yes e MPI No e PROFIBUS DP No e Point to point communication No Services e Programming device communication Yes e OP communication Yes e S7 communication Yes with loadable FBs Max configurable interconnections 14 Maximum number of instances 32 e Routing Yes e Web Server Yes e PROFINET IO Yes e PROFINET CBA Yes e Open IE communication via TCP IP Yes ISO on TCP Yes UDP Yes 210 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Technical specifications 10 2 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Technical data PROFINET IO Number of integrated PROFINET IO controllers 1 Number of connectable PROFINET IO devices 128 Activate deactivate PROFINET IO devices Yes Max user data consistency with PROFINET IO 254 bytes Send clock Configurable 250 us 500 us and 1 ms Update Time The minimum value is determined by the set communication portion for PROFINET IO the number of IO devices and the amount of configured user data e for send clock of 250 us 250 us to 128 ms e for send clock of 250 us 500 us to 256 ms e for send clock of 1 ms 1 ms to 512 ms Routing Yes S7 protocol functions e PG functions Yes e OP functions Yes GSD file The latest GSD file is a
30. gt Default route s RT keal Tim Runtime error Errors occurred in the PLC that is not in the process itself during user program execution Scan cycle check point The cycle control point is the section of the CPU program processing in which the process image is updated Segment SELV Safety Extra Low Voltage SFB gt System function bloch SFC SIMATIC The term denotes Siemens products and systems for industrial automation SIMATIC Micro Memory Card SIMATIC Micro Memory Cards are storage media for the IM 154 8 CPU IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 256 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Glossary SIMATIC NCM PC SIMATIC NET SIMATIC NCM PC is a version of STEP 7 designed specifically for configuring PCs It provides the complete STEP 7 functionality for PC stations SIMATIC NCM PC is the central tool with which you configure the communication services for your PC station The configuration data generated with this tool must be downloaded to the PC station or exported This makes the PC station ready for communication Siemens business area for industrial communication networks and network components SIMATIC PC station Slave SNMP STARTUP STEP 7 A PC station is a PC with communication modules and software components within a SIMATIC automation solution A slave can only exchange data after being requested to by the master gt Master SNMP Simple Network Management P
31. gt Modify have the same effect namely a single assignment If trigger conditions are set to permanent the said menu items have different effects as described above If monitoring and modifying is set to the same trigger point monitoring is executed first If Process mode is set under Debug gt Mode values are not cyclically updated when permanent modifying is set To correct or avoid error Use the Force test function Saving opening the variable table Saving the VAT 1 After aborting or completing a test phase you can save the variable table to memory The name of a variable table starts with the letters VAT followed by a number from 0 to 65535 e g VAT5 Opening VAT 1 Select the menu item Table gt Open 2 Select the project name in the Open dialog 3 In the project window below select the relevant program and mark the Blocks container 4 5 Confirm with OK In the block window select the desired table Establishing a connection with the IM 154 8 CPU The variables of a VAT represent dynamic quantities of a user program To monitor or modify variables you will need to establish a connection with the relevant IM 154 8 CPU Every variable table can be linked to another IM 154 8 CPU Use the PLC gt Connect to menu item to establish a connection to one of the following CPUs 128 Configured CPU Directly connected CPU Available CPU IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions
32. to e Download user programs e Download a hardware configuration or e Perform debugging and diagnostic functions Note If you are using your IM 154 8 CPU as an intelligent slave the routing function is only available when the DP interface is set to active In STEP 7 check the Test Commissioning Routing check box in the Properties dialog for the DP interface For detailed information refer to the Programming with STEP 7 manual or directly to the STEP 7 Online Help Routing network nodes MPI PROFINET Gateways between subnets are routed in a SIMATIC station that is equipped with interfaces to the respective subnets The figure below shows CPU 1 IM 154 8 CPU acting as router between subnets 1 and 2 CPU 1 CPU 2 PG IM 154 8 CPU IM 154 8 CPU MPI PN PN Subnet 2 PROFINET Subnet 1 MPI IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 34 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 2 Communication services Routing network nodes MPI PROFINET PROFIBUS The figure below shows the MPI access to PROFIBUS via PROFINET CPU 1 IM 154 8 CPU is the router between subnets 1 and 2 CPU 2 is the router between subnets 2 and 3 CPU 1 CPU 2 CPU 3 IM 154 8 CPU IM 154 8 CPU IM 154 8 CPU MPI PN PN DP DP Master slave active Subnet 2 PROFINET Subnet 3 PROFIBUS Subnet 1 MPI Number of connections for routing The IM 154 8 CPU provides a different number of conne
33. 2 Memory functions 4 2 1 General Memory functions Memory functions Memory functions are used to generate modify or delete entire user programs or specific blocks You can also ensure that your project data are retained by archiving these If you created a new user program use a programming device PC to download the complete program to the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card 4 2 2 Loading the user program to the IM 154 8 CPU via the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card User program download The entire user program is downloaded from your Programming device PC to the IM 154 8 CPU via the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card The previous content of the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card is deleted in the process Blocks use the load memory area as specified under Load memory requirements in General block properties The figure shows the load and work memory of the IM 154 8 CPU Programming device Saved to the Load memory Work memory hard disk T a3 g lt oN SILVIIS SINEIVELS Logic blocks Data blocks t System data blocks Comments Icons Logic blocks Process relevant parts of logic and plus configurati on data 1 If not all of the work memory area is retentive the retentive part is indicated in the STEP 7 module status as retentive memory You cannot run the program until all the blocks are downloaded IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 82 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Memory con
34. 220 A32 CYCIGHIMG anae Rate eee E Re alias 221 A 3 2 1 OVERVIEW Cycle UME x i2 cde aettwccsapinsenenincesytiencauesstavdvangutsasehandcaniusaneasttessesasstsce state EEEO aa 221 A 3 2 2 Calculating the cycle time sirsenis cee eenecneeceeeeeesecsaecseeseeeesecsaeeeseaeesacsaseasesaess tecsasenaeaes 223 A 3 3 FRESPOMSE TING n ovictcecseseseccseheecnctstenestsendanccesssacest cancatdnshendeustendcutseedetsesndncdeenedaeatnadeeet aensreedeeaties 225 A 3 3 1 Overview RESPONSE tme sy icacecsdipcdezvaceadecakase coe ctahede cvebage cxehadedsseagady EE Ea AR 225 A 3 3 2 SNOMESTTESPONSE ME sisisi a rea aaiae led Soe eed cane ees eee a aS a 227 A 3 3 3 LONGEST FESPONSE Me nonesis a a eae aa a spa asbekvsdedee enes 228 A 3 4 Interrupt response ME sssini ia aaaeaii aaa 230 A 3 4 1 Overview Interrupt response time 2 eee eeeeesceeeee cece ee eececaeceeeeeeesecaeceeeeeeesecaeaeeeeeeesetenneeeeeaeaeess 2 A 4 Porting a user program eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaeeeeesaaeeeeseaeeeseeeeesesiaeeeeeeateeeeeeeneaes E le E a A A E ANNA EAA EAE E A A PE A E A EE I A AA AA AE MNO eie i cS ease aus eee aan e a goes E a E A Tables Table 1 1 Constraints on using ET 200pro MOdUIES eeceeceeeeeeeeecenee ee ee eaeeeeeaaeeeseeaaeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeesenaeeaaes Table 1 2 HSPs for ET 200S PROFINET IO devices on an IM 154 8 CPU 0 0 2 ceeceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeteneeteees Table 2 1 Mode selector switch settings
35. 3 Updating the firmware 8 3 3 Updating the firmware online via networks To update the IM 154 8 CPU firmware you require the UPD files containing the latest FW version Requirements The firmware can be updated online in STEP 7V5 4 or later SP 1 HSP The interface module of the station pending a firmware update must be accessible online The files containing the current firmware versions must be available in the file system of your programming device or PC A folder may contain only the files of one firmware version Performing a firmware update 1 Result Run STEP 7 and change to HW Config 2 Open the station containing the IM 154 8 CPU you want to update 3 Highlight the IM 154 8 CPU 4 5 In the Update Firmware dialog select the path to the firmware update files UPD using Select PLC gt Update Firmware the Browse button After you selected a file the information in the lower fields of the Update Firmware dialog box shows you the firmware file and version for the corresponding modules Click on the Run button STEP 7verifies that the selected file can be interpreted by the IM 154 8 CPU and then downloads the file to the interface module If this requires changing the operating state of the IM 154 8 CPU you will be asked to perform these tasks in the relevant dialog boxes The IM 154 8 CPU then automatically updates the firmware In STEP 7 reading the CPU diagnostics buffer verify t
36. 7HW Config on the General tab under CPU Properties Name of the module In this case HW Config assigns a default name e g IM 154 8 CPU this can be changed Higher level designation of the module No default setting Location designation of a module No default setting IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 2 Identification and maintenance data of the IM 154 8 CPU Reading the I amp M data from the IM 154 8 CPU with the user program If you want to read the I amp M data from the IM 154 8 CPU in the user program you must read the associated system state list specifying the relevant SSL ID and the index using SFC 51 The SSL IDs and the associated indexes are listed in the following table SSL sublists with I amp M data The I amp M data can be found in the following SSL sublists under the specified indexes Table 9 1 SSL sublists with I amp M data SSL ID Index Meaning W 16 W 16 Module identification 0111 an identification data record 0001 Identification of the module This contains the module s order number and the product version 0006 Identification of the basic software Provides information on the software version of the module The IM 154 8 CPU has no basic software so in this case the identification data is the same as index 0001 0007 Identification of the basic firmware Provides
37. 8 3 1 When should you update the IM 154 8 CPU occ ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeaeeseeaeeeseeaaees 8 3 2 Firmware update using a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card ccccccccscssecseenecnseneeeeneenteeseeneees 153 8 3 3 Updating the firmware online Via NEtWOFKS cece secre eeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeaeeeeees 8 4 Backing up project data on a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card cccccceceececeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeteenaees 8 5 Replacing the fuse in the IM 154 8 CPU interface MOCUIE eceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeteeeeeaes 8 6 Replacing the IM 154 8 CPU interface module e eee eeeceeeeeeee eee eneeeeeeeaeeeteaaeeeeeenaeeeteaeeeeeeaae 9 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting cccccccesseenteeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeenneeaeeee es 9 1 OV CIWS Woh ecco haste E TE wae co E T E E E yan daw E EE E T een reared 9 2 Identification and maintenance data of the IM 154 8 CPU eee eeenneeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeaae 9 3 Debugging TUNCUONS erea dees edi les E S deena 9 3 1 Overview Debugging FUNCTIONS 24 c2c cccecceccseecceesteseeestenseecicsneedcbcaneestenaeedsneeeesencaseedeneaaesenseerecs 164 9 3 2 Overview DIAQMOSUCS sirieni ec eis eit Be See ia ie Weel 166 9 3 3 Diagnostic functions available in STEP 7 sso sasssossigisassssi aaa aiia S A K 9 3 4 Network infrastructure diagnostics SNMP c ccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeseaeeeaeeseeeeesaeeeseaeeeeeeseaeeess 9 4 Diagnostics using s
38. 8 CPU to the PROFINET using a preassembled twisted pair cable e g to an ET 200S IO device The following components can be used for the cable e PROFINET RJ45 connector 6GK1901 1BB10 2AA0 e PROFINET FC TP standard cable 6XV1840 2AH10 e PROFINET M12 connector d coded 6GK1901 0DB10 6AA0 Please note If the IO device to be connected is an ET 200pro you can use a pre assembled PROFINET M12 connecting cable for this connection e g 6XV1870 8AH20 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 6 Commissioning PROFINET IO Commissioning a PROFINET IO system directly via PN interface ET 200S 1O Device 5 A CEELELELELECELELL a PG PC Code Meaning Connect the programming device PC to the X02 P3 PROFINET interface of the IM 154 8 CPU using a pre assembled uncrossed twisted pair cable Use a made up twisted pair cable to connect the IO device e g ET 200S to the integrated PROFINET interface X02P2 of your IM 154 8 CPU 1 The following components can be used for the cable e PROFINET RJ45 connector 6GK1901 1BB10 2AA0 e PROFINET FC TP standard cable 6XV1840 2AH10 e PROFINET M12 connector d coded 6GK1901 0DB10 6AA0 1 The IO device can also be connected to X02 P1 It is also possible to interpose a switch Please note If the IO device to be connected is an ET 200pro you can
39. 8 PN DP Module type IM154 8 CPU Status Operating Mode RUN Status y OK Mode selector RUN Figure 3 5 General Information The image of the IM 154 8 CPU with LEDs reflects your current status at the time of checking the data Information about the IM 154 8 CPUs with whose web servers you are currently connected is combined in this group Status information about the IM 154 8 CPU at the time of the query is displayed in the Status info box IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 3 Web Server 3 3 2 2 Identification Characteristics The Identification web page contains the characteristic data for the IM 154 8 CPU 23 02 1994 00 09 44 am SIMATIC Identification CONTROLLER 3 Identification Identification Plant designation User PD Location identifier User Ll Serial number Order number Hardware 6ES7 154 8AB00 0AB0 Firmware Version Hardware 1 0 Firmware R 25 3 29 Bootloader A 6 12 9 Figure 3 6 Identification Identification The Identification info box contains the system and location designations and the serial number Order number The Order number info box contains order numbers for the hardware and software Version The hardware firmware and boot loader versions are displayed in the Version info box IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 0
40. Access the PLC AS online e Edit Memory Cards Starting SIMATIC Manager After installation the SIMATIC Manager icon appears on the Windows desktop and the Start menu contains entry SIMATIC Manager under SIMATIC 1 Run SIMATIC Manager by double clicking the icon or from the Start menu same as with all other Windows applications User interface A corresponding editing tool is started up when you open the relevant objects You start the program editor by double clicking the program block you want to edit object oriented start Online Help The online help for the active window is always called by pressing F1 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 125 Commissioning 7 4 Commissioning the modules 7 4 8 Monitoring and modifying I Os The Monitor and modify tags tool The STEP 7 Monitor and modify tags tool lets you e Monitor program tags in any format e Edit modify the tag status or data in the IM 154 8 CPU Creating a variable table You have two options of creating a tag table VAT e Inthe LAD FBD STL editor by selecting the PLC gt Monitor Modify Variables command This table is also available directly online e Inthe SIMATIC Manager with the Blocks container open via menu item Insert New Object gt Variable table This table created offline can be saved for future retrieval You can also test it after switching to online mode VAT structure In the
41. CPU ssessssecersiersrsreseericerrruerrraersuneettndaernndattanatinuastanaadenananen ate 4 1 2 Retentivity of load memory system memory and RAM ssssssseessssrrsserrssrsrresrrrssrrrrssrrrrsrrrnssreens 4 1 3 Retentivity of memory objects eee eect e eee eeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeseeaaeeeseeaeeeseeaeeeeniaeeeeeeeeseaes 4 1 4 Address areas Of system Memory cceccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeseeeeeeeseaeeeeseeeaeeeseeeeeeseneaeeeseaeeeeeees 4 1 5 Properties of the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card eccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeetneeeeetieeeeesaeeeeetieeeeetneeeetaa 8 4 2 Memory TUMGHONS sssr ieeseaudevsesarcuhdd ancyheesacddensaeuceesaagueeyaacaineeien suet 8 4 2 1 General Memory TUnC ONS ereaiereansicineiri rrer eenia arni E EAEE 8 4 2 2 Loading the user program to the IM 154 8 CPU via the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card 8 4 2 3 aletale linte DIOGKS arera E P E T A E E E EA 83 4 2 3 1 Download of new blocks or delta downloadS s snsnss1sssststrtnttnttnntnrentntnt antenat nnnn annan nnene enen 83 A2 3 2 Uploading DIOCKS eerren ea N advadvvdaccataaaee 8 A 2 3 3 Deleting blokeren a ERE aeadeneedteetadseeedaewees 8 4 2 3 4 Compressing DIOCKS soa A a A A AKN N R E EAA 8 4 2 3 5 Promming RAM to ROM ccccccceceeeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeceeeeceaeeeseaeeecaaescaeeseaeeesaeeesaeeeeeeseeeseeeenseteaes 8 4 2 4 CPU memory reset and restart oisinnean aaa EEA EAEN SEAE 8 4 2 5 RECIPES aeia aaa aaa a a Ea aa a a aa ana a a a aa
42. Compress is used to rearrange all valid blocks in CPU RAM in one continuous area of user memory starting at the lowest address This eliminates fragmentation which occurs when blocks are deleted or edited Assignment of modules to slots and for example with electronic modules addresses Data which are related in their contents and not to be separated are referred to as consistent data For example the values of analog modules must always be handled as a whole that is the value of an analog module must not be corrupted as a result of read access at two different points of time IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 237 Glossary Counters CPU Cycle time Cyclic interrupt Data block Counters are part of CPU system memory The content of Counter cells can be modified by STEP 7 instructions for example up down count Central processing unit CPU of the S7 automation system with a control and arithmetic unit memory operating system and interface for programming device The cycle time represents the time a CPU requires for one execution of the user program gt Interrupt cyclic interrup Data blocks DB are data areas in the user program which contain user data There are shared data blocks which can be accessed by all code blocks and instance data blocks which are assigned to a specific FB call Data exchange broadcast gt Direct data exchange Data exchange
43. DB4 DBX 0 5 Test_DB Bit6 DB4 DBX 0 6 Test DB Bit7 DB4 DBX 0 7 Variable tables est Bit Figure 3 12 Variable tables Selection Select one of the configured variable tables from the drop down box Name and Address This info box displays the name of an operand and its address Format Select the display format for the operand from this drop down list box The drop down list box contains all the permitted display formats Value This column shows the values in the display format Comment The comment that you enter is displayed to make it easy to recognize the importance of an operand IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 63 Communication 3 3 Web Server Configuring variable tables for web servers The web server allows you to monitor up to 50 variable tables with up to 200 variables The available memory of the IM 154 8 CPU is used by both messages and variables so it is possible that the number of variable tables that can actually be used may be smaller Example The available memory is sufficient for around 400 messages and 50 variable tables with 100 variables with symbol names but without symbol comments If the permitted memory is exceeded by configured messages and variables the variable tables displayed in the web browser will be incomplete In this case you will have to replace the memory needed by your messages and symbol comm
44. DP Connections between the automation system and field level You can of course also access other areas on the Industrial Ethernet from a programming device at the field level Example e Programming device Integrated switch IM 154 8 CPU Switch 2 Integrated switch IO device ET 200S on IO device ET 200S The IO controller of the IM 154 8 CPU directly controls devices on the Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS At this point you can see IO features between the IO controller and IO device s on the Industrial Ethernet e The IM 154 8 CPU is the IO controller for the two IO devices ET 200S and ET 200S e The IM 154 8 CPU is also the IO controller for the ET 200 DP slave via the IE PB Link The CPU 319 3 PN DP can be both the IO controller and the DP master Here you can see that a CPU can be both the IO controller for an IO device and the DP master for a DP slave e The 319 3 PN DP CPU is the IO controller for the two IO devices ET 200S and ET 200S e The 319 3 PN DP CPU is the DP master for a DP slave The DP slave is assigned locally to the CPU and is not visible on the Industrial Ethernet Reference Additional information e About PROFINET can be found in the From PROFIBUS DP to PROFINET IO programming manual This manual also provides a clear overview of the new PROFINET blocks and system status lists See also PROFINET PN Pa
45. ET 200X ET 200S can only operate as sending node DP master DP master System 1 System 2 CPU CPU CPU DP master 1 DP master 2 PROFIBUS DP slave 3 CPU DP slave 5 CPU CPU or slave 4 DP slave 1 DP slave 2 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 142 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 6 Commissioning PROFINET IO 7 6 Commissioning PROFINET IO 7 6 1 Requirements for commissioning PROFINET Requirements Requirements to be satisfied before you can start to commission your PROFINET IO system ET 200pro with Software required PROFINET IO system installed IM 154 8 CPU STEP 7V5 4 or later Service Pack 1 X HSP PROFINET IO address areas of the IM 154 8 CPU Table 7 13 PROFINET IO address areas of the IM 154 8 CPU Address area IM 154 8 CPU PROFINET address area 2048 bytes for inputs and outputs Number of those in process image Bytes 0 to 2047 can be set for I Os Byte 0 to 127 preset In the input address area diagnostic addresses each take up 1 byte for e The IO controller e The PROFINET interface and its ports and each IO device header module at slot 0 e Each module submodule without user data within the device e g ET 200pro power module or ports of the PROFINET interface You can use these addresses for example to read module specific diagnostics data records by calling SFB 52 The diagnost
46. GD packet can consist of one or several GD elements transmitted in a single message frame Global data can be addressed from any code block FC FB OB In particular this refers to bit memory M inputs outputs Q timers counters and data blocks DB Global data can be accessed via absolute or symbolic addressing Global data communication Ground Ground free Global data communication is a method of transferring global data between CPUs without CFBs The conductive earth whose electrical potential can be set equal to zero at any point Ground potential may be different from zero in the area of grounding electrodes The term reference ground is frequently used to describe this situation Having no direct electrical connection to ground IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 243 Glossary Grounding GSD file Hot swapping Grounding means to connect an electrically conductive component via an equipotential grounding system to a grounding electrode one or more conductive components with highly conductive contact to earth The properties of a PROFINET device are described in a GSD file General Station Description that contains all the information required for configuration As with PROFIBUS you can link a PROFINET device in STEP 7by means of a GSD file In the case of the PROFINET IO the GSD file is in XML format The structure of the GSD file is compliant with ISO 1573
47. IO device gt PROFINET 10 Controlle gt PROFINET IO Superviso IO supervisor gt PROFINET 10 Controlle gt PROFINET IO Superviso gt PROFINET IO Syste g 83 S 333 M M M J I J Q Q 9 RIS S S N T X IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 246 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Glossary IO system gt PROFINET IO Syste IP address To allow a PROFINET device to be addressed as a node on Industrial Ethernet this device also requires an IP address that is unique within the network The IP address is made up of 4 decimal numbers with a range of values from 0 through 255 The decimal numbers are separated by periods The IP address is made up of e The address of the subnet network e The address of the node generally called the host or network node LAN Local area network Interconnects computers within an enterprise The LAN therefore has a limited geographical span and is solely available to a company or institution Load memory The load memory contains objects generated by the programming device For the IM 154 8 CPU it takes the form of a plug in SIMATIC micro memory card with various memory sizes There must be a SIMATIC micro memory card plugged in before you can use the IM 154 8 CPU Load power supply Power supply for the load voltage supply 2L Local data gt MAC Address Every PROFINET device is assigned a worldwide unique device identification before it leaves the
48. Inthe Monitor test function verify the modify value entry in the tag Is the modify value valid You can disable the modify value entered in the table An invalid value is displayed same as a comment You can re enable the modify value Only valid modify values can be enabled Setting the trigger points Trigger points e The Trigger point for monitoring determines the time of update for values of tags to be monitored e The Trigger point for modifying determines the time for assigning the modify values to the tags to be modified Trigger condition e The Trigger condition for monitoring determines whether to update values once when the trigger point is reached or continuously every time the trigger point is reached e The Trigger condition for modifying determines whether to assign modify values once or permanently to the variable to be modified You can customize the trigger points using the tool Monitoring and Modifying Variables in the menu item Variable gt Set Trigger IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 127 Commissioning 7 4 Commissioning the modules Special features If Trigger condition for monitoring is set to once the menu items Variable gt Update Status Values or Variable gt Monitor have the same effect namely a single update If Trigger condition for modifying is set to once the menu items Variable gt Update Status Values or Variable
49. LED flashes Table 9 10 BF PN LED flashes with a PROFINET IO controller Possible error e Failure of a connected IO device e Atleast one of the assigned IO devices cannot be addressed e Bad engineering configuration Response with reference to an IM 154 8 CPU Call OB 86 if the IM 154 8 CPU is in RUN mode The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if OB86 is not loaded Possible remedies Check whether the Ethernet cable is connected to the IM 154 8 CPU and that the bus is not interrupted Wait until the IM 154 8 CPU has powered up If the LED does not stop flashing check the 1O devices or evaluate their diagnostic information Check whether the configured device name matches its actually assigned name Check whether the connected IO devices have different device names and IP addresses Remedy for errors at the PROFINET interface of an IO controller BF LED flashes Table 9 11 BF LED flashes with a PROFINET IO device Possible error e Wrong IP address e Bad engineering configuration e Wrong parameter assignment e O controller not found switched off but there is an Ethernet connection e Bad or no device name e The response monitoring time has expired Possible remedies Check that the Ethernet cable is correctly connected Check whether the Ethernet cable to the controller is interrupted Check the configuration and parameter settings On the IO device Switch on the IO cont
50. PROFIBUS PROcess Fleld BUS German process field bus standard specified in IEC 61784 1 2002 Ed1 CP 3 1 It provides functional electrical and mechanical properties for a bit serial fieldbus system From the viewpoint of the user program the distributed I Os are addressed in exactly the same way as the centralized I Os PROFIBUS is available with the protocols DP Distributed Peripherals FMS Fieldbus Message Specification PA Process Automation or TF Technological Functions gt PROFIBUS Internationa PROFIBUS address A node must be assigned a unique PROFIBUS address in order to allow its identification on PROFIBUS The PC Programming device is assigned PROFIBUS address 0 The ET 200pro distributed I O system supports the PROFIBUS addresses 1 to 125 PROFIBUS device A PROFIBUS device has at least one or more PROFIBUS ports A PROFIBUS device cannot take part directly in PROFINET communication but must be included over a PROFIBUS master with a PROFINET port or an Industrial Ethernet PROFIBUS link IE PB Link with proxy functionality Bevis PROFIBUS DP gt PROFIBUS Internationa gt PROFIBUS IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 251 Glossary PROFIBUS International PROFINET PROFINET ASIC PROFINET CBA 252 Technical committee dedicated to the definition and development of the PROFIBUS and PROFINET standard Also known as the PROFIBUS User Or
51. Valid data 01 Module faults Invalid data Module defective 10 Incorrect module Invalid data 11 No module Invalid data J 195 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 6 Diagnostics on the PROFIBUS DP Structure of the interrupt status The interrupt status of module diagnostics provides detailed information about a DP slave Device specific diagnostics starts at byte y and has a maximum length of 20 bytes The following figure describes the structure and content of the bytes for a configured address area of transfer memory 765 4 3 2 1 0 Bit Bytey ojo NS y J Length of the device related diagnostics including byte y max 20 byte Code for device related diagnostics Byte y 1 Doo 01 Code for diagnostic interrupt 02 Code for process interrupt 765 4 3 2 1 0 Bit Byte ve2 CT TT TT TT sero 2 IM 154 8 CPU 4 Integrated power module 5 36 Number of the transfer memory 00 No additional information Q ey fofofofofojo about the diagnostic status 5 y 01 Incoming diagnostic E at least one error is pending 8 Going diagnosis 8 11 Going diagnosis Other fault S Byte y 4 Available Byte y 7 Diagnostics or interrupt data pez O Example for Byte y 2 IM 154 8 CPU 025 integrated Power module 04 1 Address area 05 2 Address area 06 etc Figure 9 8 Device specific diagnostics IM 154 8 CPU Interfa
52. a restart warm start possible This memory reset rebuilds the IM 154 8 CPU s memory management Blocks in load memory are retained All dynamic runtime blocks are transferred once again from load memory to RAM in particular to initialize the data blocks in RAM restore initial values Restart warm start Reference All retentive DBs retain their current values Non retentive DBs are reset to their initial values The values of all retentive M C T are retained All non retentive user data are initialized M C T 1 O with 0 All run levels are initialized The process images are deleted The Resetting the IM 154 8 CPU using the mode selector section contains more information See also Resetting the IM 154 8 CPU memory using the mode selector Page 113 84 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Memory concept 4 2 Memory functions 4 2 5 Recipes Introduction A recipe represents a collection of user data You can implement a simple recipe concept using static DBs In this case the recipes should have the same structure length One DB should exist per recipe Processing sequence Recipe is written to load memory e The various data records of the recipes are created as static DBs in STEP 7 and then downloaded to the IM 154 8 CPU Therefore recipes only use load memory rather than RAM Working with recipe data e SFC83 READ_DBL is called in the user progra
53. an ET 200S e 7 300 S7 400 with PROFINET interface for example CPU 317 2 PN DP or CP 343 1 e Active network components a switch for example e E PB link e Programming device PC with network card Properties of the PROFINET interface Properties IEEE standard 802 3 Connector design e Ports 1 and 2 M12 circular socket D coded e Port3 RJ45 Transmission speed Up to 100 Mbps Media Twisted pair Cat5 100 BASE TX Note Networking PROFINET components The use of switches rather than hubs for networking PROFINET components brings about a substantial improvement in decoupling bus traffic and improves runtime performance under higher bus load PROFINET CBA with cyclic PROFINET interconnections requires the use of switches in order to maintain compliance with performance specifications Full duplex mode at 100 Mbps is mandatory for cyclic PROFINET interconnections PROFINET IO also requires the use of switches and 100 Mbps full duplex mode Addressing the ports To diagnose the individual ports of a PROFINET interface these ports must each have a separate diagnostic address The addressing is done in HW Config For further information refer to the PROFINET System Description The diagnostic message fault and maintenance information can be enabled using OB 82 enable in HW Config and then analyzed using SFB 54 for example in order to diagnose any problems identified in the user prog
54. and an internal bus system The I O and the programming language are oriented to control engineering needs P gt PROFIBUS Internationa The S7 CPU operating system provides up to 26 priority classes or Program execution levels Specific OBs are assigned to these classes The priority classes determine which OBs interrupt other OBs Multiple OBs of the same priority class do not interrupt each other In this case they are executed sequentially The process image is part of CPU system memory At the start of cyclic program execution the signal states at the input modules are written to the process image of the inputs At the end of cyclic program execution the signal status of the process image of the outputs is transferred to the output modules IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Glossary Process interrupt A process interrupt is triggered by interrupt triggering modules as a result of a specific event in the process The process interrupt is reported to the CPU The assigned organization block will be processed according to interrupt priority Process Related Function gt PROFINET components Product version The product version identifies differences between products which have the same order number The product version is incremented when forward compatible functions are enhanced after production related modifications use of new parts components and for bug fixes
55. communication Connection oriented protocols TCP to RFC 793 connection type B 16 01 TCP to RFC 793 connection type B 16 11 ISO on TCP to RFC 1006 Connectionless protocols UDP according to RFC 768 Features of the communication protocols The following distinctions are made between protocol types in data communication 44 Connection oriented protocols Prior to data transmission these establish a logical connection to the communication partner and close this again if necessary after transmission is completed Connection oriented protocols are used when security in especially important in data transmission A physical cable can generally accommodate several logical connections For the FBs to open communication by means of Industrial Ethernet the following connection oriented protocols are supported TCP according to RFC 793 connection types B 16 01 and B 16 11 ISO on TCP according to RFC 1006 connection type B 16 12 Connectionless protocols These operate without a connection There is also no establishing or terminating a connection to remote partner Wireless protocols transmit data to the remote partner without any acknowledgement data transfer is therefore not secure The FBs for open communication over Industrial Ethernet support the following wireless protocol UDP according to RFC 768 connection type B 16 13 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E0086
56. found in the Accessory order numbers appendix IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 95 Installing and connecting 5 4 Terminating the PROFIBUS DP network with terminating resistor Adding an IM 154 8 CPU at the start of the PROFIBUS DP subnet ET 200pro with ET 200pro with IM 154 8 CPU ET 200eco IM 154 2 DP HF LP Figure 5 1 Example of a configuration IM 154 8 CPU at the start of the PROFIBUS DP subnet Steps for the sample configuration 1 At the start of the PROFIBUS DP subnet plug an M12 bus termination connector with socket insert order number 6GK1905 O0EDO0 into the M12 circular socket X01 DP1 2 At the end of the PROFIBUS DP subnet connect the terminating resistor integrated into the terminal module Adding an IM 154 8 CPU in the middle of the PROFIBUS DP subnet 96 ET 200pro with ET 200pro with ET 200pro with IM 154 2 DP HF IM 154 8 CPU IM 154 2 DP HF BEE Figure 5 2 Example of a configuration IM 154 8 CPU in the middle of the PROFIBUS DP subnet Steps for the sample configuration 1 At the start of the PROFIBUS DP subnet plug an M12 bus termination connector with socket insert order number 6GK1905 0ED00 into the M12 circular socket DP1 X03 The terminating resistor integrated into the terminal module must not be switched on OFF position 2 No bus terminator is required on the IM 154 8 CPU 3 At the end of the PROFIBUS DP subnet
57. functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 6 Diagnostics on the PROFIBUS DP Example for reading the slave diagnostics with FB 192 IM308C Here you will find an example of how to use the FB 192 to read the slave diagnosis for a DP slave in the STEP 5user program Assumptions regarding the STEP 5 user program For this STEP 5 user program it is assumed that e The IM 308 C acting as a DP master uses the page frames 0 to 15 number 0 of IM 308 C e The DP slave has PROFIBUS address 3 e The slave diagnostics should be stored in DB 20 You may also use any other DB e Slave diagnostics data consist of 26 bytes STEP Suser program STL Name DPAD IMST ECT GCGR TYPE STAD LENG ERR 186 2A DB SPA FB IM308C H WK a AK DB DW 30 192 F800 Op 8 SD 1 26 Explanation Default address area of IM 308 C IM no 0 PROFIBUS address of the DP slave 3 function Read slave diagnostics not evaluated S5 data area DB 20 Diagnostic data starting at data word 1 Length of diagnostic data 26 bytes Error code storage in DW 0 of DB 30 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 6 Diagnostics on the PROFIBUS DP Example of reading S7 diagnostic data with SFC 59 RD REC Here you will find an example of how to use SFC 59 in the STEP 7 user program to read S7 diagnostic data r
58. have to store your user data on the MMC You should therefore first select a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card with sufficient free memory A message warns you if the memory capacity on your SIMATIC Micro Memory Card is insufficient The volume of project data to be saved corresponds with the size of the project s archive file Note For technical reasons you can only transfer the entire contents user program and project data using the Save project to memory card action IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Installing and connecting 5 Where can find what information You will find comprehensive information about fitting and connecting an ET 200pro in the relevant sections of the ET 200pro Distributed I O Device operating instructions The following sections will show you the differences and special features associated with using an ET 200pro with the IM 154 8 CPU interface module 5 1 Installing the IM 154 8 CPU interface module and terminal module Introduction The IM 154 8 CPU interface module connects the ET 200pro with the PROFIBUS DP PROFINET and supplies power to the electronic modules Requirements e The terminating module has been removed from the IM 154 8 CPU interface module e The rack has been fitted see the ET 200pro Distributed I O Device operating instructions Required tools Cross tip screwdriver size 2 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructio
59. information on the firmware version of the module Identification of a component 011C Identification of a component 0001 Name of the automation system The name of the automation system device name is saved to this parameter 0002 Name of the module The name of the module is saved to this parameter 0003 Higher level designation of the module This is a system wide unique identifier for the module 000B Location designation of a module This is the module s installation location For detailed information on the structure and content of the system state lists see the System and Standard Functions for S7 300 400 reference manual Additional information reading the SSL with SFC 51 can be found in the System and Standard Functions for S7 300 400 reference manual or in the STEP 7 Online Help 1 amp M data for the connected I O devices Information about the I amp M data for the I O devices connected to the IM 154 8 CPU can be found in the relevant I O module manuals IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 163 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 3 Debugging functions 9 3 Debugging functions 9 3 1 Overview Debugging functions Determining addressed nodes with Node flashing test To identify the addressed node select PLC gt Diagnostics Setting gt Node Flashing Test in STEP 7 A dialog appears in which you can set the fla
60. memory area while the block is being edited Data blocks See Recipes and measurement value logs Reference The address areas of your IM 154 8 CPU are listed in the S7 300 instruction list IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 77 Memory concept 4 1 Memory areas and retentive address areas I O process image 78 When the user program addresses the input I and output Q address areas it does not query the signal states of digital electronic modules Instead it accesses a memory area in the IM 154 8 CPU system memory This particular memory area is the process image The process image is organized in two sections The process image of inputs and the process image of outputs Advantages of the process image In contrast to direct access of the input output modules accessing the process image has the advantage that a consistent image of the process signals is made available to the IM 154 8 CPU during cyclic program execution When the signal status at an input module changes during program execution the signal status in the process image is maintained until the image is updated in the next cycle Moreover since the process image is stored in the IM 154 8 CPU system memory access is significantly faster than direct access to the electronic modules Process image update The operating system updates the process image periodically The figure below shows the sequence of th
61. o o es Ons Fuses with cap for the load voltage supply 2L Replacement fuse Fuses with cap for the electronic encoder supply 1L e Toreplace a fuse shut down the 1L and 2L supply voltages or remove the terminal module from the interface module Result Failure of the ET 200pro station and all components connected to it DP slaves IO devices e Always replace fuses with the same type see the Accessory order numbers appendix e Cross tip screwdriver size 2 e Screwdriver with 3 mm blade IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 157 Maintenance and service 8 5 Replacing the fuse in the IM 154 8 CPU interface module Replacing a fuse in the IM 154 8 CPU interface module 1 Loosen the 4 screws on the front panel of the CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 terminal module using the cross head screwdriver 2 Remove the terminal module from the IM 154 8 CPU interface module 3 Loosen the 2 screws on the front panel of the interface module top and bottom right using the cross head screwdriver 4 Remove the interface module from the bus module on Remove the fuse cap in the bus module and lever the defective
62. oO oe always 0 always 0 7D integrated power module Length of the channel specific diagnostic data in bits 32 bit Number of channels per module 1 channel Bit No iagnostic event at channel 0 of the module Error type on channel 0 Bytes 8 to 11 The set bit 0 to 31 corresponds to the error type number 0 Load voltage present 1 Load voltage missing 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Diagnostic data record 1 of the integrated power module bytes 0 to 11 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 6 Diagnostics on the PROFIBUS DP 9 6 Diagnostics on the PROFIBUS DP 9 6 1 Diagnosing the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP master Evaluate diagnostics in the user program The figure below illustrates the procedure for evaluating diagnostics data in the user program Diagnostic interrupt OB 82 is called Evaluation with SFC 13 or 51 Read OB82_MDL_ADDR and Read OB82_IO_FLAG ID of the I O module Enter bit 0 of OB82_IO_FLAG in OB82_MDL_ADDR at bit 15 Result Diagnostic address OB82_MDL_ADDR To diagnose the entire DP slave call SFC 13 In the LADDR parameter enter Diagnostic address OB82_MDL_ADDR Note SFC 13 is asynchronous which means that it may be called multiple times until its state h
63. of the following colors LED color State Meaning Green Off No other device is connected to the corresponding port of the integrated PROFINET interface of the IM 154 8 CPU On Another PROFINET device such as a switch is connected at the corresponding port of the integrated PROFINET interface of the IM 154 8 CPU and the physical connection has been established Yellow Off No activity No data is transferred via the corresponding port of the integrated PROFINET interface of the IM 154 8 CPU On Activity Data is transferred via the corresponding port of the integrated PROFINET interface of the IM 154 8 CPU Note The LED flickers when small data volumes are transferred 1 There is only one LED for ports 1 and 2 This lights up in the appropriate color Reference Notes on diagnosing suitable I O modules can be found in the E7 200pro operating instructions IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 167 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 3 Debugging functions Diagnostic buffer If an error occurs the IM 154 8 CPU writes the cause of error to the diagnostic buffer In STEP 7 you use the programming device to read the diagnostic buffer This location holds error information in plain text Modules with diagnostics capability that do not have their own diagnostic buffer write their error information to the IM 154 8 CPU s diagnosti
64. rate X X X or DP address and transmission rate of the MPI DP interface of the IM 154 8 CPU if it is set up as a DP node X retentive not retentive 1 Only the last 100 entries in the diagnostic buffer are retained in the event of a POWER OFF POWER ON IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 75 Memory concept 4 1 Memory areas and retentive address areas Retentivity of a DBs in the IM 154 8 CPU For the IM 154 8 CPU you can specify in STEP 7 or via SFC 82 CREA_DBL parameter ATTRIB gt NON_RETAIN bit whether in response to a POWER ON OFF or RUN STOP 76 a DB e Keeps the actual values retentive DB or e Accepts the initial values from load memory non retentive DB Table 4 2 Retentivity of the DBs in the IM 154 8 CPU After a POWER OFF ON or restart of the IM 154 8 CPU the DB should Receive the initial values non retentive DB Reason After a POWER OFF ON and restart STOP RUN of the IM 154 8 CPU the actual values of the DB are non retentive The DB receives the start values from load memory Retain the last actual values retentive DB Reason After a POWER OFF ON and restart STOP RUN of the IM 154 8 CPU the actual values of the DB are retained Requirement in STEP 7 e The Non retain check box must be activated in the block properties of the DB or e Anon retentive DB was generated wi
65. screw technique female insert 5 items package 6GK1905 0F B00 7 8 connector screw technique angled male insert 5 items package on request 7 8 connector screw technique angled female insert 5 items package on request PROFIBUS FC cable Sold by meter min ordering quantity 20 m Delivery unit max 1000 m 1m e FC Standard Cable 6XV1830 0EH10 e FC Trailing Cable for cable carriers 6XV1830 3EH10 e FC Food Cable PE sheath 6XV1830 0GH10 e FC Food Cable PUR sheath 6XV1830 0JH10 PROFIBUS FastConnect stripping tool 6GK1905 6AA00 PROFINET FC cable Sold by meter min quantity 20 m Delivery unit max 1000 m 1m e FC TP standard cable 6XV1840 2AH10 e FC TP trailing cable for cable carriers 6XV1840 3AH10 e FC TP marine cable 6XV1840 4AH10 PROFINET FastConnect stripping tool 6GK1901 1GA00 Energy Cable power cable suitable for cable carriers 5 x 1 5 mm Sold by meter min ordering quantity 20 m Delivery unit max 1000 m 1m 6XV1830 8AH10 218 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Appendix A 2 Dimension drawings A 2 Dimension drawings A 2 1 IM 154 8 CPU interface module with terminal module IM 154 8 CPU interface module with CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 terminal module Top With narrow type rack Bottom With compact type rack
66. shortest and last cycle e Options and utilization of MPI communication e Performance data number of possible inputs and outputs memory bits counters timers and blocks For complete and current details of diagnostic functions in STEP 7 and specific procedures refer to the Programming with STEP 7 manual and the STEP 7 Online Help IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 169 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 3 Debugging functions 9 3 4 Network infrastructure diagnostics SNMP Availability As an open standard you can use any systems or software solutions for diagnostics based on SNMP in PROFINET Network Diagnostics SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol makes use of the wireless UDP transport protocol It consists of two network components similar to the client server model The SNMP manager monitors the network nodes and the SNMP agents collect the various network specific information in the individual network nodes and stores it in a structured form in the MIB Management Information Base This information allows a network management system to run detailed network diagnostics Detecting the network topology LLDP Link Layer Discovery Protocol is a protocol that is used to detect the closest neighbors It enables a device to send information about itself and to save information received from neighboring devices in the LLDP MIB This information can be lo
67. system e Correcting errors in a system Identification data I data is information regarding the module like for example order number and serial number which are partly also printed on the housing of the module data is manufacturer s information about the module It is fixed and can only be read Maintenance data M data is system specific information such as the installation location M data is created during the configuration and written to the module I amp M data enable modules to be uniquely identified online Reading and writing I amp M data for the IM 154 8 CPU in STEP 7 162 Read e In STEP 7the I amp M data is displayed under Module state IM 154 8 CPU General and Identification tabs and via Available nodes see STEP 7 online help e Inthe user program the I amp M data can be read via SFC 51 Specify the required SSL sublist number and the index in the input parameters of the SFC 51 see table below e You can read the I amp M data on the Start and Identification pages using the web server Write You will always need STEP 7 HW Config to write the M data for modules For example you can enter the following data during configuration e Name of the automation system device name The device name is assigned when you create the station in SIMATIC Manager In this case a SIMATIC 300 1 station is created by default This name can be changed at any time e You can enter the following data in STEP
68. tab Application Display slave diagnostics in plain text on the STEP 7 user interface Additional information Found under the keyword Hardware diagnostics in the STEP 7 Online Help and the Programming STEP 7 manual SFB 54 RALRM Read additional interrupt information from a DP slave or an I O module from the relevant OB System and Standard Functions for S7 300 400 reference manual SFC 13 DPNRM_DG Reading out slave diagnostics store in data area of the user program System and Standard Functions for S7 300 400 reference manual SFC 51 RDSYSST Reading SSL sublists In the diagnostic interrupt call SFC 51 with the SSL ID W 16 00B4 and then read the SSL for the slave CPU System and Standard Functions for S7 300 400 reference manual SFB 52 RDREC and SFC 59 RDREC Reading data records for the S7 diagnosis stored in the data area of the user program System and Standard Functions for S7 300 400 reference manual FB 125 FC 125 Evaluating slave diagnostic data On the Internet at ttp www siemens com automation service amp suprfort article number 387257 SIMATIC S5 with IM 308 C as DP master FB 192 IM308C Reading slave diagnostic data stored in the data area of the user program Distributed I O System ET 200 Manual IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 185 Debugging
69. the operating system automatically assigns a free S7 connection resource which has not yet been reserved If no more connection resources are available the HMI station cannot communicate online with the IM 154 8 CPU Chronological order in which S7 connection resources are assigned Example See also When you program your project in STEP 7 the system generates parameter assignment blocks which are read by the modules in the startup phase This allows the module s operating system to reserve or assign the relevant S7 connection resources This means for example that OPs cannot access an S7 connection resource that has been reserved for programming device communication If the IM 154 8 CPU has S7 connection resources that have not been reserved these can be used freely These S7 connection resources are allocated in the order they are requested If there is only one free S7 connection left on the IM 154 8 CPU you can still connect a programming device to the bus The programming device can then communicate with the IM 154 8 CPU The S7 connection is only used however when the programming device is communicating with the IM 154 8 CPU If you connect an OP to the bus while the programming device is not communicating the OP can establish a connection to the IM 154 8 CPU Since an OP maintains its communication link at all times in contrast to the programming device you cannot subsequently establish another connection via the programming de
70. the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Updating of the firmware online Backing up of project data on a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Replacing the fuse in the IM 154 8 CPU interface module Replacing an IM 154 8 CPU 8 2 Backing up firmware on a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card In which situations should back up the firmware In some cases we recommend that you back up the firmware on your IM 154 8 CPU For example you might want to replace the IM 154 8 CPU in your system with a IM 154 8 CPU from your inventory In this case you should make sure that the IM 154 8 CPU from your inventory has the same firmware that is used in the system We also recommend that you create a back up copy of the firmware for emergency situations On which IM 154 8 CPU can you backup the firmware You can back up the firmware as of the following IM 154 8 CPU versions CPU IM 154 8 CPU Order number 6ES7154 8AB00 0ABO or later SIMATIC Micro Memory Card required 2 in MB 4 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 151 Maintenance and service 8 2 Backing up firmware on a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Backing up the firmware on your IM 154 8 CPU to the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card 152 Table 8 1 Backing up the firmware to the SIMATIC micro memory card Step Action required This is what happens on the IM 154 8 CPU 1 Switch the IM 154 8 CPU off at the power supply detach and
71. the hardware Page 105 hat is the IM 154 8 CPU interface module Page IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 3 Commissioning check list 7 3 Commissioning check list Introduction Once you have installed and wired up your ET 200pro we advise you to check all the previous steps once again The checklist tables below will guide you through the process of checking your ET 200pro They also provide cross references to sections containing additional information on the relevant topic Rack The points to be checked are listed in the ET 200pro operating instructions ET 200pro operating instructions under Concept of grounding and chassis ground Are the racks firmly fixed to the wall in the frame or in the cabinet Installing Have you maintained the free space required Installing The points to be checked are listed in the ET 200pro operating instructions ET 200pro operating instructions under Module installation and wiring Are all the modules including the terminating module installed correctly Have you established a low impedance connection large surface large Installing contact area to ground potential Are all racks properly connected to reference potential and ground Connecting potential direct electrical connection or ungrounded operation Are all grounding points of electrically connected measuring ins
72. use a pre assembled PROFINET M12 connecting cable for this connection e g 6XV1870 8AH20 Commissioning requirements IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module The IM 154 8 CPU is in STOP mode The IO devices are switched on The PROFINET subnet is installed and the communication partners programming device IO controller IO devices for example are connected to the PROFINET subnet Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 145 Commissioning 7 6 Commissioning PROFINET IO Configuring the PROFINET IO system 146 Step Activity Configuring hardware in STEP 7 SIMATIC Manager 1 Select File gt New Enter a name for your project and click on OK to confirm 2 Select Insert gt Station gt SIMATIC 300 Station to add an S7 300 station 3 Double click Hardware Result HW Config opens 4 Insert your IM 154 8 CPU using drag and drop Result The Properties Ethernet Interface PN IO dialog box opens The properties of the PROFINET X02 interface are shown on the Parameters tab Assigning the IP address 5 Click New on the Properties Ethernet Interface PN IO dialog box to create a new subnet Result The Properties New Industrial Ethernet Subnet dialog box opens 6 Assign a name and confirm with OK Result You are back to the Properties Ethernet Interface PN IO dialog box 7 Enter the IP address and the subnet mask in the dialog box This informati
73. user program is transferred back from the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card to the work memory after reset and the memory utilization is indicated accordingly What s left Data in the diagnostic buffer 1 You can read the diagnostic buffer with the programming device see STEP 7 Online Help e MPI parameters MPI address and highest MPI address baud rate e The same applies if the X01 interface of the IM 154 8 CPU was set up as a DP interface PROFIBUS address highest PROFIBUS address baud rate setting as active or passive interface Content of elapsed time counter 1 After POWER OFF POWER ON see above action 4 in the IM 154 8 CPU under Tip only the last 100 entries in the diagnostic buffer are retentive IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 115 Commissioning 7 4 Commissioning the modules Special feature Interface parameters MPI DP interface The following parameters hold a special position when CPU memory is reset Parameters of the interface MPI DP interface The table below describes which interface parameters remain valid after a Memory reset Memory reset MPI DP parameters with SIMATIC Micro Memory Card inserted stored on the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card are valid If this location does not contain any parameter data SDB the previously set parameters stay valid without SIMATIC Micro Memory Card inserted are retained and valid
74. 0134 01 Communication 3 2 Communication services How to use open IE communication To allow data to be exchanged with other communication partners STEP 7 provides the following FBs and UDTs under Communication Blocks in the Standard Library Connection oriented protocols TCP ISO on TCP FB63 TSEND for sending data FB64 TRCV for receiving data FB65 TCON for connecting FB66 TDISCON for disconnecting UDT 65 TCON_PAR with the data structure for the configuration of the connection Connectionless protocol UDP FB 67 TUSEND for sending data FB68 TURCV for receiving data FB65 TCON for establishing the local communication access point FB 66 TDISCON for resolving the local communication access point UDT 65 TCON_PAR with the data structure for configuring the local communication access point UDT 66 TCON_ADR with the data structure of the address parameters of the remote partner Data blocks for the configuration of the connection Data blocks for assigning parameters for TCP and ISO on TCP connections To assign parameters for your connection at TCP and ISO on TCP you need to create a DB that contains the data structure of UDT 65 TCON_PAR This data structure contains all parameters you need to establish the connection You need to create such a data structure for each connection and you can also organize it in a global DB Connection parameter CONNECT of FB 65 TCON re
75. 1 Commissioning 7 4 Commissioning the modules Use the following steps to format your SIMATIC Micro Memory Card If the IM 154 8 CPU is requesting a memory reset STOP LED flashing slowly you can format the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card by setting the selector switch as follows 1 Toggle the switch to the MRES position and hold it there until the STOP LED lights up and remains on after approx 9 seconds See also 7 4 5 2 Within the next three seconds release the switch and toggle it once again to MRES position The STOP LED flashes to indicate that formatting is in progress Note Always perform this sequence of operation within the specified time Otherwise the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card will not be not formatted but rather returns to memory reset status Resetting the IM 154 8 CPU memory using the mode selector Page 113 Resetting to the as delivered state As delivered state of the IM 154 8 CPU In the as delivered state the IM 154 8 CPU properties are set to the following values Table 7 6 Properties of the IM 154 8 CPU in the as delivered state Properties Value MPI address 2 MPI baud rate 187 5 Kbps Retentive memory bits timers counters All retentive memory bits timers and counters are cleared Set retentive area for memory bits timers and Default setting counters 16 memory bytes no timers 8 counters Contents of the diagnostics buffer cleared Operatin
76. 1 55 Communication 3 3 Web Server 3 3 2 3 Diagnostic buffer Diagnostic buffer The browser displays the content of the diagnostic buffer on the Diagnostic Buffer web page 10 55 04 am 19 12 2006 SIMATIC iagnostic Buffer 1 CONTROLLER Diagnostic buffer entries 1 100 Number Time Date Event 10 54 45 383 am 19 12 2006 Mode transition from STARTUP to RUN 10 54 45 379 am 19 12 2006 Request for manual warm restart 10 54 45 307 am 19 12 2006 Parameter assignment error F red da 10 54 45 307 am 19 12 2006 Parameter assignment error fer 10 54 45 259 am 19 12 2006 Mode transition from STOP to STARTUP 10 54 33 579 am 19 12 2006 STOP caused by PG stop operation or by SFB 20 STOP 00 10 19 330 am 01 01 1994 Mode transition from STARTUP to RUN 00 10 19 326 am 01 01 1994 Request for manual warm restart 00 10 19 262 am 01 01 1994 Parameter assignment error 00 10 19 262 am 01 01 1994 Parameter assignment error SOON ane wn Details 4 Event ID 16 3 Parameter assignment error in CPU module parameters Parameter module type Input address 0 of the module with parameter assignment errors Error type configurable slot empty Operating mode STARTUP warm restart external error incoming event Figure 3 7 Diagnostic buffer Requirement You must have activated the web server made the language setting and compiled and loaded the project in STEP 7 Diagnostic buffer entries 1 100 The diagnostic buffer may c
77. 2 CALL SFC 14 Receive data from DP master LADDR W 16 D In the slave the peripheral bytes PEB13 to PEB32 data transferred from master are read consistently and stored in MB30 to MB49 RET_VAL MW 20 RECORD P M30 0 byte 20 L MB 30 Received data continue processing L MB 7 I T MW 100 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 139 Commissioning 7 5 Commissioning PROFIBUS DP Working with transfer memory S5 DP master 140 Note the following rules when working with the transfer memory e Assignment of address areas Input data of DP slaves is always output data of the DP master Output data from the DP slave is always input data of the DP master e The user can define these addresses In the user program access data with load transfer instructions or with SFC 14 and SFC 15 You can also define addresses of the process image of inputs or outputs e The lowest address of specific address areas is their respective area start address e The length unit and consistency of the address areas for DP master and DP slave must be identical e The addresses for the master and slave may be different even though the transfer memory is logically the same mutually independent logical peripheral address areas in the master and slave CPUs Of course only the logical addresses within the slave CPU are assigned when the IM 154 8 CPU is configured in STEP 7f
78. 2 Connect the IM 154 8 CPU interface module to the CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 terminal module Requirements The IM 154 8 CPU interface module including the bus module and the CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 terminal module have been installed on the rack Required tools e Screwdriver e Stripping tool for wiring the M12 und 7 8 connectors if you are making up your own cables Accessories required e Pre fabricated cable with M12 and 7 8 connectors The patch cables are available in different lengths e To produce your own cable M12 2 wire shielded bus cable and b coded M12 connectors PROFIBUS DP M12 4 wire shielded bus cable and d coded M12 connector PROFINET 7 8 5 wire patch cable with 7 8 connectors Pin assignment of the M12 and 7 8 connectors View of the M12 and 7 8 connectors Terminal Assignment M12 connector b coded PROFIBUS DP X01 DP1 for incoming supply Reet Loa oo X01 DP2 for looping through lt Sear Esse f 1 Supply Plus P5V2 RLA l nnn 1 2 Data line A 3 Data reference potential M5V2 01 x01 4 Data line B DP1 DP2 5 Functional ground Zoi Z Thread Functional ground 02 O5 O4 O3 B B The voltage must only be used to supply the external terminating resistor The voltage must not be looped through to the next plug connector using a cable IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 92 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Installing and conn
79. 4 which is the world wide standard for device descriptions For PROFIBUS the GSD file is in ASCII format according to IEC 61784 1 2002 Ed1 CP 3 1 The removal and insertion of modules while ET 200pro is in run Interface module The interface module connects the ET 200pro to the DP master or IO controller and prepares the data for the electronic modules In an ET 200pro with IM 154 8 CPU this is the actual IM 154 8 CPU e DP master or intelligent DP slave or e O controller Industrial Ethernet Industrial Ethernet formerly SINEC H1 is a technology that allows data to be transmitted free of interference in an industrial environment Standard Ethernet components can be used since the PROFINET is an open system However we recommend setting up PROFINET as Industrial Ethernet gt Fast Etherne Industrial Wireless LAN 244 In addition to data communication Industrial Wireless LAN from SIMATIC NET with the standard IEEE 802 11 offers a multitude of extensions l Features that are of great benefit to industrial users IWLAN is particularly suited for complex industrial applications with requirement for reliable radio communication owing to e Automatic roaming if connection to Industrial Ethernet is interrupted Rapid Roaming e Cost savings generated by using a single wireless network for secure operation of a process with both process critical data alarm message for example and non critical communication service a
80. 53 read write data Yes Yes record SFB 54 evaluate interrupt Yes Yes SFC 102 read predefined No Yes parameters Substitute SFB 81 SFB 81 read predefined Yes Yes parameters SFC 5 determine logical start No replacement SFC70 Yes address of a module SFC 70 determine start Yes Yes address of a module SFC 49 determine the slot No Yes belonging to a logical address Substitute SFC 71 SFC 71 determine the slot Yes Yes IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 2 Communication services The following table provides you with an overview of the system and standard functions for SIMATIC whose functionality must be implemented by other functions when converting from PROFIBUS DP to PROFINET IO Table 3 6 System and Standard Functions in PROFIBUS DP that must be Implemented with Different Functions in PROFINET IO Blocks PROFINET IO PROFIBUS DP SFC 55 write dynamic No Yes parameters Replicate via SFB 53 SFC 56 write predefined No Yes parameters Replicate via SFB 81 and SFB 53 SFC 57 assign module No Yes parameters Replicate via SFB 81 and SFB 53 You cannot use the following SIMATIC system and standard functions with PROFINET IO e SFC 7 trigger hardware interrupt on DP master e SFC 11 synchronize groups of DP slaves e SFC 72 read data from a communication partner within local S7 station e SFC 73 write data to a commun
81. 60134 01 155 Maintenance and service 8 4 Backing up project data on a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Handling the functions How you use the Save project to memory card Retrieve project from memory card functions depends on the location of the SIMATIC micro memory card Sample application 156 If the Micro Memory Card is inserted in the MMC slot select a project level that is uniquely assigned to the IM 154 8 CPU from the SIMATIC Manager project window e g CPU program source or blocks Select the Target system gt Save project to memory card or Target system gt Retrieve project from memory card menu command All the complete project data is then written to retrieved from the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card If project data are not available on the currently used programming device PG PC you can select the source CPU via Available nodes window Select PLC gt Show available nodes to open the Available nodes window Select the connection IM 154 8 CPU that contains your project data on SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Now select menu command Fetch project from Memory Card If the Micro Memory Card is located in the SIMATIC MMC adapter of a programming device or PC open the S7 memory card window using the File gt S7 Memory Card gt Open menu command Select the Target system gt Save project to memory card or Target system gt Retrieve project from memory card menu command to open a dialog in which you can select the source
82. 694 Collision during first sending attempt 0 Collision during other sending attempts Canceled due to 16 collisions Canceled due to other errors Received data packages Received without errors Rejected due to checksum error Rejected due to alignment error Rejected due to resource bottleneck Canceled due to other errors Figure 3 10 Key data transmission figures Data packets since This shows the time at which the first data packet was sent or received Sent data packets The quality of the data transmission on the transmission line can be determined from the key figures in this info box Received data packets The quality of the data transmission on the reception line can be determined from the key figures in this info box IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 61 Communication 3 3 Web Server 3 3 2 6 Variable status Variable status The variable status is displayed by the browser via the web page of the same name You can monitor the status of of up to 50 variables 11 28 11 am 19 12 2006 SIMATIC Tag status CONTROLLER Value B 1 6 00 0 aiiaiia 4 DWH 6 00000000 BOOL H iise SIMATIC_TIME COUNTER FLOATING_POINT New variable HEX s5T 0ms c 0 0 0 soot z z gt Tag status 4 4 Apply Figure 3 11 Variable status Address In the Address text box enter the address of the operand whose behavi
83. 7 communication Yes server only configured one way connection e Support for constant bus cycle time Yes e lIsochronous mode Yes OB 61 e Enable disable DP slaves Yes e SYNC FREEZE Yes e DPV1 Yes Transmission speed Up to 12 Mbaud Number of DP slaves max 124 Address area e Inputs max 2048 bytes e Outputs max 2048 bytes User data per DP slave e Inputs max 244 bytes IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 209 Technical specifications 10 2 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Technical data e Outputs max 244 bytes DP slave Services e Routing Yes only if interface is active e Global data communication No e 7 basic communication No e S7 communication Yes server only configured one way connection e Direct data exchange Yes Transmission rates Up to 12 Mbaud Automatic baud rate search Yes only if interface is passive Transfer memory 244 bytes 244 bytes O Address areas Max 32 with max 32 bytes each e DPV1 No 2nd interface X02 Type of interface PROFINET Physics Ethernet Isolated Yes on CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 Transmission rate 100 Mbps full duplex Transmission mode 100BASE TX Autosensing 10 100 Mbaud Yes Interface e Connection 2 x M12 d coded 1 x RJ45 Switch function Yes internal Auto cross over Yes
84. 860134 01 39 Communication 3 2 Communication services Reference Additional information e On PROFINET IO and PROFINET CBA is available in the PROFINET system specification For differences and similarities between PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO refer to the manual From PROFIBUS DP to PROFINET O programming manual e For additional information about PROFINET CBA refer to the documentation on SIMATIC iMAP and Component Based Automation 3 2 9 1 PROFINET IO System Functions of PROFINET IO The following graphic shows the new functions in PROFINET IO Company Network Industrial Ethernet IM 154 8 IO CPU Controller Switch 1 Switch 2 ar IO Controller spaza sja spa ET 200 DP Slave DP Slave PROFIBUS IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 40 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 2 Communication services The graphic shows The connection of company network and field level Examples of connection paths From PCs in your company network you can access devices at the field level Example e PC Switch 1 Router Switch 2 CPU 319 3 PN
85. ABO0 and the CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 terminal module with order number 6ES7194 4AN00 0AA0 and for the components of the ET 200pro distributed I O device specified in the E7 200pro Distributed I O Device operating instructions These operating instructions contain a description of the components that was valid at the time of publication We reserve the right to issue a Product Information which contains up to date information about new components and new versions of components Changes since the previous version These operating instructions are the first version published Guide The operating instructions contain the following guides which provide quick access to the specific information you need e You will find a comprehensive table of contents and a list of all the tables in the document at the beginning of the operating instructions e Important terms are explained in the glossary e Navigate to the most important topics in our documents using the index IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 3 Preface Special notes If you are using the IM 154 8 CPU as a DP slave on the PROFIBUS DP you will also need the manual for the DP master used in addition to these operating instructions Recycling and disposal Further support Training center The IM 154 8 CPU is recyclable due to its non toxic materials For environmentally compliant recycling and disposal of your electronic waste please
86. ATIC Manager select the Blocks folder containing the blocks with compressed addresses that you want to port to the IM 154 8 CPU 2 Select File gt Rewire 3 In the Rewire dialog box that appears enter the required substitutions old address new address in the table 4 Press the OK button This will start the rewiring After rewiring a dialog box opens so you can decide whether to view the info file about the rewiring The info file contains the Old address and New address lists These list the individual blocks and the number of wiring operations carried out in each block If you assign symbols to the outputs in STEP 7 using the symbol table if the symbol table is modified you will also have to modify the program segment for use in the IM 154 8 CPU IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Appendix Example Substitution under Options gt Rewire A 4 Porting a user program Table A 15 Example Substitutions under Options gt Rewire Old address New address 1 Q0 4 Q1 0 2 Q0 5 Q1 1 3 Q0 6 Q1 2 4 Q0 7 Q1 3 Example Rewiring the signals 11 0 11 1 Q0 0 Q0 1 Q0 2 Q0 3 Q0 4 Q0 5 Q0 6 Q0 7 Figure A 4 Example Rewiring the signals Porting FBs with outputs to an I O word Q0 0 Q0 1 Q0 2 Q0 3 Q1 0 Q1 1 Q1 2 Q1 3 If you map the addresses of the outputs via an I O word onto a function block you have programmed porti
87. Basic knowledge required 3 Blocks 42 compatibility Deleting 83 Delta download Download 82 Reloading 83 Upload Bus termination IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 C Commissioning Check list Hardware Requirements IM 154 8 CPU as a DP slave IM 154 8 CPU as DP master Procedure with the hardware Procedure with the software PROFIBUS DP PROFINET IO Reaction to errors Software requirement Commissioning stage Communication Communication protocols 44 Data consistency 3 Global data communication OP communication 3 Open IE communication Programming device communication 30 S7 basic communication 31 S7 communication 3 Services of the IM 154 8 CPU 29 Communications concept 38 Component Based automation 38 39 Compression Connecting PG 120 122 123 124 Consistency 103 Constant bus cycle time Cycle time Calculation 223 Definition 221 Extension 2 Process image Sequence of cir processing 221 Time slice model 263 Index D Data consistency 37 102 Default addressing 9 Degree of protection IP65 IP66 IP67 Deleting 83 Delta download 83 Device specific sears 106 Diagnostic address 182 with direct data agrare 184 Diagnostic buffer Diagnostics configured address area device specific in DP Master mode with Diagnosing Hardware heg with LEDs with system functions Diagnostics Concept 199 Direct
88. Bus interruption short circuit connector removed What happens in the DP master Call of OB86 with the message Station failure incoming event diagnostic address of the DP slave assigned to the DP master With I O access Call of OB 122 I O access error DP slave RUN gt STOP Call of OB 82 with the message Module error incoming event diagnostic address of the DP slave assigned to the DP master Variable OB82_MDL_STOP 1 DP slave STOP gt RUN Call of OB82 with the message Module OK outgoing event diagnostic address of the DP slave assigned to the DP master variable OB82_MDL_STOP 0 Tip When commissioning the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP master always program OB 82 and OB 86 This helps you to recognize and evaluate data exchange errors or interruptions 132 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 5 Commissioning PROFIBUS DP Programming status control via PROFIBUS As an alternative to the MPI interface you can program the IM 154 8 CPU or execute the programming device s status and control functions via the PROFIBUS DP interface Note The use of Status and Control function via the PROFIBUS DP interface extends the DP cycle Constant Bus Cycle Time This is a property of PROFIBUS DP that ensures bus cycles of exactly the same length The Constant bus cycle time function ensures that the DP master always star
89. Commissioning 7 4 Commissioning the modules Resetting the IM 154 8 CPU memory with the mode selector The table below shows the steps involved in resetting the IM 154 8 CPU memory Table 7 4 Steps for resetting the IM 154 8 CPU memory Step Resetting the IM 154 8 CPU memory 1 Turn the key to STOP position 2 Turn the key to MRES position Hold the key in this position until the STOP LED lights up for the second time and remains on this takes 3 seconds Now release the key 3 You must turn the key to MRES position again within 3 seconds and hold it there until the STOP LED flashes at 2 Hz You can now release the switch When the IM 154 8 CPU has completed the memory reset the STOP LED stops flashing and lights up The IM 154 8 CPU has reset the memory The procedure described in the table above is only required if you wish to reset the IM 154 8 CPU memory without this being requested by the IM 154 8 CPU STOP LED flashing slowly If the IM 154 8 CPU prompts you for a memory reset you only have to turn the mode selector briefly to the MRES position to initiate the memory reset operation The figure below shows how to use the mode selector switch to reset the IM 154 8 CPU memory STOP LED O on O off max 3 s min 3 s STOP STOP J STOP t STOP 4 S
90. Cycle and response times DP cycle times in the PROFIBUS DP network If you configured your PROFIBUS DP master system with STEP 7 then STEP 7will calculate the typical DP cycle time that must be expected You can then view the DP cycle time of your configuration on the programming device The figure below gives you an overview of the DP cycle time In this example let us assume that the data of each DP slave has an average length of 4 bytes Bus cycle time A 1 17 ms 7ms T 6ms 5ms L 4 ms 3ms 2 ms r vo Baud rate 12 Mbps ims Pi 5 min z e Pe l slave interval ri rS Number of DP slaves 1 2 4 8 16 32 e4 max number depending on CPU With multi master operation on a PROFIBUS DP network you must make allowances for the DP cycle time at each master That is you will have to calculate the times for each master separately and then add up the results 226 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Appendix A 3 3 2 A 3 Cycle and response times Shortest response time Conditions for the shortest response time Calculation See also The figure below shows the conditions under which the shortest response time is reached Immediately before the POI is read the state of the input under consideration changes This change in the input signal is therefore also included in the PII Here the change in the input signal is processed by
91. DP slave provides a transfer memory for PROFIBUS DP All exchanges of user data between the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP slave and the DP master take place via this transfer memory You can configure up to 32 address areas for this function This means that the DP master writes its data to these transfer memory address areas while the IM 154 8 CPU reads these data in the user program and vice versa DP master IM 154 8 CPU as a DP slave I O I O Transfer memory in I O area space O PROFIBUS The exchange of data between the transfer memory and centralized I Os of the slave CPU must be implemented in the user program It is not possible for the DP master to access these I Os directly Figure 7 1 Transfer memory in a IM 154 8 CPU acting as a DP slave Data consistency The data consistency is defined as the byte word or overall consistency per address area The consistency must not exceed 32 bytes 16 words per address area IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 137 Commissioning 7 5 Commissioning PROFIBUS DP Address areas of transfer memory Configure the input and output address areas in S7EP 7 e You can configure up to 32 I O address areas e Maximum length per address area is 32 bytes e You can configure a maximum of 244 input bytes and 244 outputs bytes The table below shows the principle of address areas You can also find this figure in
92. E a 4 2 6 Measured value log fleSs inci iit eects enced ciieei aaa eteciel endl sniye enidaiidiadie eran 86 4 2 7 Backup of project data to SIMATIC Micro Memory Card cccccceceseeeeeeteteeeeteteeeeesneeeeeneeeees Installing and CONnNGCHNG isisisi nein Ni alee aves 5 1 Installing the IM 154 8 CPU interface module and terminal module cceseeeeceeeeeeeeees 5 2 Connect the IM 154 8 CPU interface module to the CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 terminal IMOGUIG ssia a S E T EE 9 5 3 Connect the IM 154 8 CPU interface module to the RJ45 Socket ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 4 Terminating the PROFIBUS DP network with terminating resistor AGOPOSSING PAORA E T E E A E E E E E EE E A E E EE T 6 1 Addressing the VO module S spn a E AA s 6 1 1 Slot oriented addressing of the centralized I O modules 0000 eee eee eeeneeteeeteeeeeeeaeeeeenaeeeeeeaaes K 6 1 2 User oriented addressing of the I O Modules ecceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeneeeeeseeeaeeteenaeeeteenaees 6 2 Addressing on PROFIBUS DP 00 cecceeceeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeeseeaaeeeeeaaeeeseeaeeeeenaeeeeseateeees 102 6 3 Addressing on PROFINET 10 eccccceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaeeeseeaeeeeseaeeesseaneeeas 103 COMMISSIONING sesaosan aa Tp e aea Aae iaee TE aa AE estes cstv EEE IEEE 7 1 C OEE O EE NE T N A E A E O E 7 2 COMMISSIONING procedure assisia ina a A A SSAA E ES E K E 7 2 1 Procedure Commissioning t
93. Hardwarre cccccccceceseeeeceeeeeeeceneeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeaas 106 Recommended commissioning procedure Software ee eceececeseeeeeeenneeeeeneeeseenaeeeeenaeeeeneaae 108 Possible reasons for a request from the IM 154 8 CPU to reset the MEMOTFY eeeeeeee 113 Steps for resetting the IM 154 8 CPU MeMO y ce cceceeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeseeiaeeeeeeieeeees 114 Internal processes in the IM 154 8 CPU during the memory reset cceeeeeeeeenteeeeeenteeeeeaee Properties of the IM 154 8 CPU in the as delivered state ccccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 117 Lanp imagE Serodio Ea E N EEEE 119 Software requirements for the IM 154 8 CPU ccccecececcecceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeesecacaeeeeeesetennaeaeeesenees 130 DP address area of the IM 154 8 CRU vecceccveiescedveas anlecvvidecesvesenees vender EAN AA AERA 130 Event recognition for the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP master ecceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeenteeesesaeeeeeeaas 132 Event recognition for the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP SAVE eeeeeee ent eeeenteeeeeenaeeeeeaeeeeeeaas 136 Configuration example for the address areas of transfer Memory c cceeeeeeeeteeeeeteeeeeeeeees 138 PROFINET IO address areas of the IM 154 8 CPU ooo eececeee enn ee teeter eeeteeeeeeaeeeteaeeeeeeaes 143 Starting up the IM 1548 CPU as an IO Controller 00 eect cece ee eeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeennaeeeees 149 Event recognition by the IM 154 8 CPU as an IO Controller
94. IM 154 8 CPU The ET 200M ET 200X ET 200L ET 200S distributed I Os or DP slaves from Siemens or other vendors may be used as DP slaves External lightning protection External plant components at which galvanic coupling of lightning surges is excluded Corresponds with lightning protection zone Oa and Os IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 241 Glossary Fast Ethernet FB FC Flash EPROM FORCE FREEZE Function Function block 242 Fast Ethernet describes the standard for transferring data with 100 Mbits Fast Ethernet uses the 100 Base T standard gt Function bloct Functio FEPROMSs can retain data in the event of power loss same as electrically erasable EEPROMs However they can be erased within a considerably shorter time FEPROM Flash Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory They are used on SIMATIC Micro memory cards The Force function can be used to assign the variables of a user program or CPU also inputs and outputs constant values In this context also note the restrictions in the Overview Test functions section in the 7est functions diagnostics and troubleshooting chapter Control command a DP master may broadcast to a group of DP slaves When it receives a FREEZE command the slave freezes its current input status and outputs its data cyclically to the DP master The DP slave freezes its input status again after each new FREEZE comman
95. IMATIC Micro Memory Card User program Deleting 83 Delta download Reloadin 83 Upload User oriented addressing of the I O Modules 4101 V Variables W WAN Warm start Web access to the IM_154 8 CPU via HMI devices via PDA via programming device PC 49 Web Server activate Display languages Display Refresh Status 50 Security 50 Web Server 48 Work memory 74 267 Index IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 268 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01
96. M 154 8 CPU is used as a DP slave Time of day slave e on PROFINET Via NTP only as time of day client S7 message functions Number of stations that can be logged on for signaling functions 16 depends on the number of connections configured for programming device OP and S7 basic communication Process diagnostics messages Yes e Simultaneously enabled interrupt S blocks 40 Test and startup functions Monitor modify tag Yes e Variables Inputs outputs memory bits DBs timers counters e Number of variables 30 Of those as status variable Max 30 Of those as control variable Max 14 Force e Variables Inputs Outputs e Number of variables Max 10 Block status Yes Single step Yes Breakpoints 2 Diagnostic buffer Yes e Number of entries not configurable Max 500 e Retentivity of the entries after POWER OFF POWER ON Only the last 100 entries are retained Communication functions Open IE communication Number of connections access points total 8 TCP IP Yes via integrated PROFINET interface and loadable FBs e Maximum number of connections 8 e Data length for connection type 01H max 1460 bytes e Data length for connection type 11H max 8192 bytes IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Technical specifications 10 2 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module T
97. Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 133 Commissioning 7 5 Commissioning PROFIBUS DP SYNC FREEZE The SYNC control command is used to set the DP slaves of a group to sync mode In other words the DP master transfers the current output data and instructs the relevant DP slaves to freeze their outputs The DP slaves writes the output data of the next output frames to an internal buffer the state of the outputs remains unchanged After each SYNC control command the DP slaves of the selected groups transfer the output data stored in their internal buffer to the process outputs The outputs are only updated cyclically again after you transfer the UNSYNC control command using SFC11 DPSYC_FR The FREEZE control command is used to set the relevant DP slaves to Freeze mode In other words the DP master instructs the DP slaves to freeze the current state of the inputs It then transfers the frozen data to the input area of the IM 154 8 CPU Following each FREEZE control command the DP slaves freeze the state of their inputs again The DP master does not receive the current state of the inputs cyclically once more until you have sent the UNFREEZE control command with SFC11 DPSYC_FR SFC 11 is described in the STEP 7 online help and in the System and Standard Functions for S7 300 400 reference manual Powering up the DP master system IM 154 8 CPU is the DP master Set the power up monitoring time for DP slaves using
98. Os of the IM 154 8 CPU If the IM 154 8 CPU is started up without a configuration loaded then the I O modules are addressed by slot by default This is the digital or analog address set by default according to the type of I O module see table below Process image default setting SS 0 127 2047 67 256 527 a o ooo 16 bytes per analog module 4 bytes per digital module special module or motor starter Figure 6 1 Structure of the default address area IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 99 Addressing 6 1 Addressing the I O modules Slot assignment The figure below shows an ET 200pro configuration with digital and analog electronic modules and the slot assignment 5 6 7 8 9 Slot EN Integrated power module Interface module IM 154 8 CPU 4 DO DC 24V 2 0A Terminating module 4 Al IHF 8 DI DC 24V M 8 DI DC 24V c 4 ALU HF Figure 6 2 Slots on the ET 200pro Address assignment Depending on the slot 4 bytes are reserved for digital I Os special modules and motor starters and 16 bytes are reserved for analog I Os in the address areas of the IM 154 8 CPU for each I O module up to 16 The table below indicates the default address assignment for analog and digital modules per slot for slot oriented addressing
99. P 7 code block e Variable used to set the behavior of a module one or more per module All modules have a suitable basic factory setting which can be customized in STEP 7 There are static and dynamic parameters Parameter assignment This means the passing of parameters from the DP master to the DP slave or from the lO controller to the IO device IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 249 Glossary Parameters dynamic In contrast to static parameters you can change dynamic module parameters in runtime by calling an SFC in the user program e g limit values for an analog input module Parameters static PC station PELV PG PLC PNO Priority class Process image 250 In contrast to dynamic parameters static parameters of modules cannot be changed by the user program You can only modify these parameters by editing your configuration in STEP 7 for example by modifying the input delay parameters of a digital input module gt SIMATIC PC station Protective Extra Low Voltage extra low voltage with safe isolation gt Programming device Programmable controllers PLCs are electronic controllers whose function is saved as a program in the control unit Therefore the configuration and wiring of the unit does not dependend on the PLC function A programmable logic controller has the same structure as a computer it consists of a CPU with memory input output modules
100. PROFIBUS address For the IM 154 8 CPU DP CPU you must not set 126 as a PROFIBUS address See also ser oriented addressing of the I O Modules Page 101 7 5 4 Direct data exchange Requirement In STEP 7V5 x or later you can configure direct data exchange for the PROFIBUS nodes The IM 154 8 CPUs can take part in the direct data exchange as senders and recipients Definition Direct data exchange is a special communication relationship between PROFIBUS DP nodes Direct data exchange is characterized by the fact that the PROFIBUS DP nodes listen on the bus for data that a DP slave returns to its DP master This mechanism allows the listening node recipient direct access to deltas of input data of remote DP slaves IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 141 Commissioning 7 5 Commissioning PROFIBUS DP Address Areas During configuration in STEP 7 use the I O input addresses to specify the address area of the recipient at which the sender s data should be read An IM 154 8 CPU may be e DP slave sending station e Receiving station as DP slave or DP master or as CPU not integrated in a master system Example Direct data exchange via DP CPUs The example in the figure below shows the relationships you can configure for direct data exchange In the picture the DP masters and DP slaves are all DP CPUs e g including an IM 154 8 CPU Note that other DP slaves ET 200M
101. PV10 6ES7148 4EA00 0AA0 E02 HSP2015 V1 1 16 DO DC 24V CPV14 6ES7148 4EB00 0AA0 E02 HSP2015 V1 1 RF170C 6GT2002 0HD00 V2 0 Contained in the OM 1 Motor starter 3RK1304 5xS40 xAAx E03 HSP0082 V2 0 1 OM is included as an optional package on the RF D Systems Software amp Documentation CD 11 2006 edition 6GT2080 2AA10 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 15 Description 1 1 What is the IM 154 8 CPU interface module Note If the 8 DO DC 24V 0 5A 8 DI DC 24V 16 DO DC 24V CPV10 and 16 DO DC 24V CPV14 modules are used centrally on an IM 154 8 CPU then SFB 53 cannot be used to write data records to these modules Constraints on using ET 200S IO devices on an IM 154 8 CPU 16 Note To configure an ET 200S IO devices with IM 154 8 CPU you will need the relevant HSPs for STEP 7 V 5 4 SP 1 The specified versions or later must be used A detailed list is given in the following table Table 1 2 HSPs for ET 200S PROFINET IO devices on an IM 154 8 CPU PROFINET IO device Order number As of HSP required Firmware Version ET 200S with interface module e IM 151 3 PN 6ES7151 3AA10 0ABO V2 0 0 HSP0089 V1 3 e IM 151 3 PN 6ES7151 3AA20 0ABO V3 0 1 HSP0098 V1 3 e IM 151 3 PN High Feature 6ES7151 3AA20 0ABO V3 0 1 HSP0099 V1 3 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Description 1 1 Wh
102. Reason Load user program onto memory card does not delete the retentive areas e Ifthe IM 154 8 CPU requests a memory reset with its STOP LED flashing at 0 5 Hz intervals Possible reasons for this request are listed in the table below Table 7 3 Possible reasons for a request from the IM 154 8 CPU to reset the memory Reasons for a request from the IM 154 8 CPU to reset the memory The SIMATIC Micro Memory Card has been replaced Special features RAM error in IM 154 8 CPU Work memory is too small i e not all the blocks of the user program on a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card can be loaded Attempts to load faulty blocks if a wrong instruction was programmed for example IM 154 8 CPU with SIMATIC Micro Memory Card inserted This causes continuous requests for a memory reset This may be prevented by formatting the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card see Formatting the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card For additional information on the way the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card responds to a memory reset see Memory reset and restart How to reset memory There are two ways to reset the IM 154 8 CPU memory ls described in this section Memory reset using the mode selector switch Memory reset using the programming device iS only possible when IM 154 8 CPU is in STOP mode see STEP 7 Online Help IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 113
103. SIEMENS SIMATIC ET 200pro IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Preface Description Operating and display Memory concept Installing and connecting O gt O D e Q O o a 3 3 2 S O A S ins D E 5 0 N O on A NO Maintenance and service Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting Technical specifications Appendix Safety Guidelines This manual contains notices you have to observe in order to ensure your personal safety as well as to prevent damage to property The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert symbol notices referring only to property damage have no safety alert symbol These notices shown below are graded according to the degree of danger Danger indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not taken Warning indicates that death or severe personal injury may result if proper precautions are not taken Caution gt ee with a safety alert symbol indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not taken Caution without a safety alert symbol indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken Notice indicates that an unintended result or situation can occur if the corresponding information is not taken i
104. STEP 7 Online Help IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 2 Communication services 3 2 9 4 SNMP communication service Availability The SNMP communication service is available for the IM 154 8 CPU with integrated PROFINET interface Properties SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol is a standard protocol for TCP IP networks Reference For additional information on the SNMP communication service and diagnostics with SNMP refer to the PROFINET System Description IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 47 Communication 3 3 Web Server 3 3 Web Server Introduction Web browser The web server allows you to monitor your IM 154 8 CPU over the Internet or your company s intranet This allows analyses and diagnostics to be carried out remotely Messages and status information are displayed on HTML pages You will need a web browser to access the HTML pages for the IM 154 8 CPU The following web browsers are suitable for communication with the IM 154 8 CPU e Internet Explorer version 6 0 or later e Mozilla Firefox version 1 5 or later e Opera version 9 0 or later e Netscape Navigator version 8 1 or later Reading information via the web server The web server can be used to read the following information from the IM 154 8 CPU e Start page with general CPU information e Identification data e Contents of the
105. T PROFINET CBA is an automation concept for the implementation of applications with distributed intelligence PROFINET CBA lets you create distributed automation solutions based on default components and partial solutions Component Based Automation allows you to use complete technological modules as standardized components in large systems The components are also created in an engineering tool which may differ from vendor to vendor Components of SIMATIC devices are created for example with STEP 7 Extent of PROFINET CBA and PROFINET IO PROFINET IO and CBA represent two different views of automation devices on Industrial Ethernet Component view PROFINET CBA Distributed intelligence Plant wide engineering T Pcp GSD EMi PROFINET Component Description on Generic Station Description One cable IT standards standard applications protocols controller etc Figure 3 1 Extent of PROFINET IO and Component Based Automation Component Based Automation divides the entire system into various functions These functions are configured and programmed PROFINET IO provides you with a view of the system that is very similar to the view obtained in PROFIBUS You continue to configure and program the individual automation devices IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00
106. TOP t IM 154 8 CPU MRES MRES MRES MRES MRES If the IM 154 8 CPU prompts you for another memory reset following a successful memory reset operation the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card may need to be reformatted see Formatting the Micro Memory Cara IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 114 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 4 Commissioning the modules STOP LED does not flash during the memory reset What should do if the STOP LED does not flash during the memory reset or if other LEDs are lit 1 You must repeat steps 2 and 3 2 If the IM 154 8 CPU still does not reset the memory you must analyze the diagnostic buffer of the IM 154 8 CPU What happens in the IM 154 8 CPU during the memory reset Table 7 5 Internal processes in the IM 154 8 CPU during the memory reset Event Action in the IM 154 8 CPU Sequence in the 1 The IM 154 8 CPU deletes the entire user program in the main memory IM 154 8 CPU 2 The IM 154 8 CPU deletes the retentive data 3 The IM 154 8 CPU tests its hardware 4 The IM 154 8 CPU copies the sequence related content of the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card load memory to the work memory Tip If the IM 154 8 CPU is unable to copy the content of the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card and requests a memory reset e Remove the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card e Resetting the IM 154 8 CPU memory e Read the diagnostic buffer Memory contents The
107. VAT every address to be monitored or modified e g inputs outputs occupies one row The meaning of the VAT columns is as follows Column text Address This field contains the absolute address of the tag Icon contains the symbolic descriptor of the tag This is identical to the specification in the Symbol Table Symbol comment shows the symbol comment of the Symbol Table Status format contains the default format setting e g HEX You can change the format as follows e right click in the format field The Format List opens or e left click in the format field until the relevant format appears Status value shows the content of the tag at the time of update Modify value is used to enter the new tag value modify value 126 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 4 Commissioning the modules Monitor tag You have two options for monitoring tags e Updating the status values once via menu item Tag gt Update Status Values or e Continuous update of status values via menu item Tag gt Monitor Modifying tags To modify tags proceed as follows 1 Left click the field Modify value of the relevant tag 2 Enter the modify value according to the data type 3 To update modify values once select the menu item Tag gt Activate Modify Value or Enable modify values permanently via menu item Tag gt Modify 4
108. a ommissioning the IM 154 8 CPU as a DP slave Page ser oriented addressing of the I O Modules Page 101 Ceasa IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 102 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Addressing 6 3 Addressing on PROFINET IO 6 3 Addressing on PROFINET IO Overview The relevant IO devices must first be brought into service on the PROFINET IO before the distributed I Os can be addressed from the user program During this commissioning process e The device number and device name are defined for the IO devices e The device names are assigned to the IO devices so that the IM 154 8 CPU as the IO controller can assign an address to and thus address the IO devices e Address ranges are assigned to the input output modules or slots subslots so that they can be addressed from the user program Slots without user data are given a diagnostic address Additional information on commissioning the IM 154 8 CPU as an IO controller can be found in the Commissioning PROFINET O section User oriented addressing of the distributed PROFINET I Os You must use user oriented addressing for the distributed PROFINET IO I Os Information can be found in the User oriented addressing of the I O modules section Addressing consistent user data areas The table below illustrates the points to consider with respect to communication in a PROFINET IO system if you want to transfer I O areas with Total length consistency F
109. above blocks can be found in the System and Standard Functions for S7 300 400 reference manual or in the STEP 7 Online Help See also PROFIBUS DP Page 25 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 72 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Memory concept 4 4 1 Memory areas and retentive address areas 4 1 1 Memory areas of the IM 154 8 CPU The three memory areas of your IM 154 8 CPU Load memory located on SIMATIC Micro Memory Card SIEMENS SIMATIC Micro System memory Work memory Load memory The load memory is located on the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card The size of the load memory corresponds exactly to the size of the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card It is used to store code blocks data blocks and system data configuration connections module parameters etc Blocks that are identified as non runtime related are stored exclusively in load memory You can also store all the configuration data for your project on the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Note User programs can only be downloaded and thus the IM 154 8 CPU can only be used if the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card is inserted in the interface module IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 73 Memory concept 4 1 Memory areas and retentive address areas System memory Work memory The system memory is integrated in the IM 154 8 CPU and cannot be expanded It contains e The address areas for ad
110. access the web server 1 Connect the client HMI device or PDA to the IM 154 8 CPU via the PROFINET interface 2 Open the web browser e g Internet Explorer Enter the IP address of the IM 154 8 CPU in the Address field of the web browser in the format http a b c d basic for example http 192 168 3 141 basic The start page of the IM 154 8 CPU opens From the start page you can navigate to additional information The IM 154 8 CPU information is processed in a specially designed browser for HMI devices running under Windows CE V 5 x or earlier The information appears in a simplified format in this browser This simplified format is not discussed further in the following illustrations Activating the Web Server The web server is deactivated in HW Config by default Activate the web server in HW Config with the command CPU gt Object Properties gt Web See also the Language settings section Note You can also use the web server without the SIMATIC micro memory card inserted provided that you have assigned an IP address to the IM 154 8 CPU The content of the message buffer is displayed in hexadecimal code the start page identification and PROFINET information and the variable status are all displayed in plain text IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 49 Communication 3 3 Web Server Security The web server by itself does not provide any security Protect y
111. aintenance free and retentive operation of the IM 154 8 CPU SIMATIC Micro Memory Card copy protection Reference Your SIMATIC Micro Memory Card has an internal serial number that implements an MMC copy protection You can read this serial number from the SSL partial list 011CxH index 8 using SFC 51 RDSYSST If the reference and actual serial number of your SIMATIC Micro Memory Card are not the same program a STOP command in a know how protected module for example Additional information e Onthe SSL partial listrefer to the nstruction list or the System and standard functions for S7 300 400 reference manual e Onresetting the IM 154 8 CPU memory can be found in the section entitled Resetting the IM 154 8 CPU using the mode selector Useful life of a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card A See also The life of an SIMATIC Micro Memory Card depends mainly on the following factors 1 The number of delete or programming cycles 2 External influences such as ambient temperature At ambient temperatures up to 60 C up to 100 000 delete write operations can be performed on a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Caution To prevent data losses do not exceed this maximum of delete write operations Retentivity of load memory system memory and RAM Page 74 Operating and display elements on the IM 154 8 CPU Page IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 81 Memory concept 4 2 Memory functions 4
112. ame subnet have the same subnet mask A subnet is physically restricted by a router The subscriber is a recipient in the direct data exchange gt Direct data exchange gt Proxy Substitute values are configurable values which output modules transfer to the process when the CPU switches to STOP mode In the event of an I O access error a substitute value can be written to the accumulator instead of the input value which could not be read SFC 44 PROFIBUS is based on a line topology Communication nodes are interconnected by means of a passive cable known as the bus By contrast Industrial Ethernet is made up of point to point connections Each communication node is interconnected directly with one other communication node A node is interconnected with several other communication nodes via the port of an active network component switch Other communications nodes including switches can then be connected to the other ports of the switch The connection between a communication node and the switch remains a point to point connection The task of a switch is thus to regenerate and distribute received signals The switch learns the Ethernet address es of a connected PROFINET device or of other switches and passes only the signals intended for the connected PROFINET device or switch A switch has a certain number of ports Connect only one PROFINET device or a further switch to any one of the ports IM 154 8 CPU Interface Modul
113. are capable of communication This service is available for MPI PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet subnets Transition between subnets is also supported Programming device communication provides the functions needed to download upload programs and configuration data to run tests and to evaluate diagnostic information These functions are integrated into the IM 154 8 CPU operating system An IM 154 8 CPU can maintain several simultaneous online connections to one or multiple programming devices 30 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 2 3 Properties 3 2 4 Properties Reference 3 2 Communication services OP communication OP communication is used to exchange data between operator stations OP TP for example and SIMATIC modules which are capable of communication This service is available for MPI PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet subnets OP communication provides functions you require for monitoring and modifying These functions are integrated into the IM 154 8 CPU operating system An IM 154 8 CPU can maintain several simultaneous connections to one or multiple OPs S7 basic communication via MPI only S7 basic communication is used to exchange data between various IM 154 8 CPUs acknowledged data exchange The data is exchanged across non configured S7 connections The service is possible via the MPI subnet S7 basic communication provides t
114. as changed to BUSY 0 Initial call in OB 82 execution completed in the cycle IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Evaluation with SFB 54 easiest option For diagnosing affected components call SFB 54 v Set MODE 1 Diagnostic data is entered in the TINFO and AINFO parameters For diagnosing affected I O modules call SFC 51 In the INDEX parameter enter diagnostic address OB82_MDL_ADDR In parameter SZL_ID enter the ID W 16 00B3 diagnostic data for an I O module 181 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 6 Diagnostics on the PROFIBUS DP Diagnostic addresses for DP masters and DP slaves For the IM 154 8 CPU assign diagnostic addresses for the PROFIBUS DP Verify in your configuration that the DP diagnostic addresses are assigned once to the DP master and 182 once to the DP slave IM 154 8 CPU as the sender IM 154 8 CPU as the recipient PROFIBUS Diagnostic address Explanation of the DP master configuration When you configure the DP master assign two different diagnostic addresses for an intelligent DP slave that is one diagnostic address for slot 0 and one for slot 2 These two addresses perform the following functions e The diagnostic address for slot 0 reports in the master all events relating to the entire slave station representative for example node failure e The diagnostic address for slot 2 is use
115. at describes the current status of an ET 200pro with IM 154 8 CPU You can always use this list to obtain an overview of e The configuration of the ET 200pro e The current CPU parameter assignments and configurable electronic modules e The current statuses and processes in the CPU and the configurable electronic modules Terminating module The ET 200pro distributed I O system is always terminated with a terminating module An ET 200pro is not ready for operation without a terminating module Terminating resistor The terminating resistor is used to avoid reflections on data links IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 259 Glossary Time of day interrupt Timer Timers Token Topology Twisted Pair 260 gt Interrupt time of da fime Timers are part of CPU system memory The content of timer cells is automatically updated by the operating system asynchronously to the user program STEP 7instructions are used to define the precise function of the timer cell for example switch on delay and to initiate their execution for example start Allows access to the PROFIBUS DP for a limited time Structure of a network Common structures include e Bus topology e Ring topology e Star topology e Tree topology Fast Ethernet via twisted pair cables is based on the IEEE 802 3u standard 100 Base TX Transmission medium is a shielded 2x2 twisted pair cable with an impedanc
116. at is the IM 154 8 CPU interface module Sample configuration of an ET 200pro with the IM 154 8 CPU The figure below shows a sample configuration of an ET 200S with an IM 154 8 CPU C kor 0 J o D CS 0 B o amp Se Le enen S e mS eje a ecm e menene A oe e g 6 Figure 1 1 View of the ET 200pro distributed I O device with the IM 154 8 CPU a Code Meaning IM 154 8 CPU interface module Electronic modules Terminating module See also Procedure Commissioning the software Page 107 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 17 Description 1 1 What is the IM 154 8 CPU interface module IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 18 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Operating and display elements 2 1 Operating and display elements on t
117. at you can connect a programming device during commissioning Connecting to Industrial Ethernet You can use the integrated PROFINET interface of the IM 154 8 CPU to establish a connection to Industrial Ethernet The integrated PROFINET interface of the IM 154 8 CPU can be configured via the MPI DP interface or via the PROFINET interface Time Synchronization using PROFINET 26 The IM 154 8 CPU can be used as a time client at the PROFINET interface using the NTP method This is set in HW Config The default setting is no time synchronization As the time client the IM 154 8 CPU receives synchronization message frames from a time NTP server e g SICLOCK TS and accepts this time as its own internal time In addition to time synchronization at the PROFINET interface there is also time synchronization at the MPI DP interface The IM 154 8 CPU may only be the time slave at one of these interfaces At the PN interface it can only acts as a time client functionality is the same as that of a time slave at the MPI DP interface Example The IM 154 8 CPU is time synchronized by a time server over NTP via the PN interface The IM 154 8 CPU can then only be used as a time master at the MPI DP interface IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 7 Interfaces Devices capable of PROFINET PN communication e PROFINET IO devices for example interface module IM 151 3 PN in
118. ata areas Note If defined data consistency is required the length of the communication variables in the IM 154 8 CPU operating system s user program must not exceed 64 bytes 3 2 9 Communication by means of PROFINET What is PROFINET Within the framework of Totally Integrated Automation TIA PROFINET represents a consequent enhancement of e PROFIBUS DP the established field bus and e Industrial Ethernet the communication bus for the cell level Experience gained from both systems was and is being integrated into PROFINET PROFINET is an Ethernet based automation standard of PROFIBUS International previously PROFIBUS Users Organization e V and defines a multi vendor communication automation and engineering model PROFINET has been part of the standard IEC 61158 since 2003 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 37 Communication 3 2 Communication services Objectives in PROFINET The objectives in PROFINET are e Open Ethernet Standard for automation based on Industrial Ethernet Although Industrial Ethernet and Standard Ethernet components can be used together the Industrial Ethernet devices are more sturdy and therefore better suited for industrial environments temperature immunity to interference etc e Use of TCP IP and IT standards e Automation with real time Ethernet e Total integration of field bus systems Implementation of PROFINET in SIMATIC We have
119. ay salelayeasauld dea E nucdlndlaectieesevnieneedviie 191 9 7 Basics of diagnostics in PROFINET 10 000 00 eee eee eeneeeeeeeenneeeeeeneeeeeeaaeeeseaaeeeeeeaeeessiaeeeesenaeeeenaaes 199 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 9 Table of contents 10 Technical Specifications s sissioni iaaa daa aand aad aaah atan aai aaa K aea Sahk TRAGE E 10 1 General technical dalasan a EE EEEE 10 2 154 8 CPU Interface Module sessen E ER 102 4 Block CAQKANW 2cccce ccc cesecdeeestideectasec i E EE TEE 10 2 27 Techical Specifications svccccasiccctansdcdassadsthanaedesacdeesanacisunsaccadaeeadusnshaddhasanaddenataed ols aaa Ea Aaa aA 10 3 Terminal module CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 o cccccccccceecceeeeeeeeeeeececeeeeeaaeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeesasesseeeeeeeees A aeae e E E A OOE S EE E E TT A 1 Order NUMDENS secscirrnriraiirai ir iia a EE EEE EE A E ETTE A 1 1 Module order Mummers ssa A AAA A 1 2 Order numbers of accessories eesecessreeeerresessrreeeerneaeinnatenaadtnnnadtnnaadennaatunadtannadtuanaadanaaa nanana A 2 Dimension CrawingS ccccceceeeeeceececeeeeeeece cecnaeceeeeeeeaaaececeseeecaaeaeeesesesccaeaeeeeeeesesecaesensncaeess A 2 1 IM 154 8 CPU interface module with terminal module A 3 Cycle and response TIMES c c ee tedecanedenescensnrtcesanedenedcateeeeantteieentadecnssbarsined eedeuetvedencetestee 220 A 3 1 OW OR VIGW asst et sect E e ght eat cece de rare as hte E O e oot Aogemace
120. ber of free cycle OBs 1 OB 1 e Number of time of day interrupt OBs 1 OB 10 e Number of delay interrupt OBs 1 OB 20 e Number of cyclic interrupt OBs 1 OB 35 e Number of hardware interrupt OBs 1 OB 40 e Number of DPV1 interrupt OBs 3 OB 55 56 57 e Number of synchronous cycle interrupt OBs 1 OB 61 e Number of asynchronous error interrupts 6 OB 80 82 83 85 86 87 OB 83 only for centralized I O and PN IO e Number of startup OBs 1 OB 100 e Number of synchronous error interrupt OBs 2 OB 121 122 Nesting depth e Per priority class 8 e Additional within an error OB 4 FBs See the Instruction List e Number max 1024 in the 0 to 2047 range of numbers e Size 16 KB FCs See the Instruction List e Number max 1024 in the 0 to 2047 range of numbers e Size 16 KB IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Technical specifications 10 2 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Technical data Address areas I O Total I O address area e Inputs freely adressable 2048 bytes e Outputs freely adressable 2048 bytes e Of which distributed Inputs freely adressable 2048 bytes Outputs freely adressable 2048 bytes Process I O image e Inputs adjustable 2048 e Outputs adjustable 2048 e Inputs preset 128 e Out
121. between the operating system of the CPU and user programs The user program contains all instructions declarations and data for signal processing required to control a plant or a process It is assigned to a programmable module for example CPU and can be structured in smaller units blocks Operating syster STEP A group of electronic modules supplied by one power module Wide Area Network extends beyond LAN limits and allows worldwide communication Legal rights do not belong to the user but to the provider of the WAN networks The work memory is integrated in the CPU and cannot be extended It is used to run the code and process user program data Programs only run in work memory and system memory IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 261 Glossary IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 262 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Index 7 7 8 connectors Connectin removing A Accessories CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 IM 154 8 CPU Address area of the I O modules 100 Address assignment for analog and digital modules 100 Addresses Start addresses 101 Addressing Assignment of addresses 101 slot oriented 99 Unassigned 101 Application View 38 As delivered state of the IM 154 8 CPU Lamp images during reset Properties delivery state Restore delivery state Asynchronous error Automation concept 39 B Back up Operating system 151 The firmware
122. ble with PROFIBUS M12 angled 30m on request connectors at both ends q fixed lengths 1 unit 5 0 m on request 10 0 m on request 15 0 m on request PROFINET M12 connecting cable 0 3m 6XV1870 8AE30 suitable for cable carriers 2x2 wire 0 5m 6XV1870 8AE50 e Pre fabricated cable with M12 connectors 180 at 140m 6XV1870 8AH10 both ends fixed lengths 1 unit 1 5m 6XV1870 8AH15 2 0m 6XV1870 8AH20 3 0m 6XV1870 8AH30 5 0m 6XV1870 8AH50 10 0 m 6XV1870 8AN10 15 0 m 6XV1870 8AN15 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 216 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Appendix A 1 Order numbers Designation Order number 7 8 power connecting cable 1 5m 6XV1822 5BH15 suitable for cable carriers 5 x 1 5 mm2 20m 6XV1822 5BH20 e connecting cable with 7 8 connectors 180 at both ends 3 0m 6XV1822 5BH30 fixed lengths 1 unit 5 0m 6XV1822 5BH50 10 0m 6XV1822 5BN10 15 0m 6XV1822 5BN15 7 8 power connecting cable 1 5m on request suitable for power cable carriers 5 x 1 5 mm2 20m on request e connecting cable with 7 8 angled connectors at 30m on request both ends z q fixed lengths 1 unit 5 0 m on request 10 0 m on request 15 0 m on request PROFIBUS M12 bus terminating connector male insert 5 per pack 1 pack 6GK1905 0EC00 PROFIBUS M12 bus terminating connector female insert 5 per pack 1 pack 6GK1905 0ED00 M12 cover caps for circular sockets with so
123. c buffer When an error or an interrupt event occurs e g time of day interrupt the IM 154 8 CPU switches to STOP mode or you can respond in the user program via error interrupt OBs This would be OB82 in the above example Diagnostics of field devices on PROFINET For additional information refer to the PROFINET System Description and to the From PROFIBUS DP to PROFINET O Programming Manual Diagnostics with system functions 168 On the IM 154 8 CPU we recommend that you use the more user friendly SFB 54 RALRM called in diagnostic OB 82 to evaluate the diagnostics from I O modules or DP slaves Further options for diagnostics with system functions are listed below e Using SFC 51 RDSYSST to read an SSL sublist or an extract thereof e Reading the diagnostic data slave diagnostics of a DP slave using SFC 13 DPNRM_DG Every DP slave provides slave diagnostic data according to EN 50170 Volume 2 PROFIBUS You can use SFC 13 DPNRM_DG to read this diagnostic data Error information is stored in hex code Refer to the relevant module manual for information on the meaning of the read code For example the entry of the value 50H dual 0101 0000 in byte 7 of the slave diagnostics for the distributed I O module ET 200B indicates a faulty fuse or missing load voltage in channel group 2 and 3 e Reading a data record with SFB 52 RDREC You can use SFB 52 RDREC read record to read a specific data record from the add
124. cannot acknowledge the messages via the web server 02 24 20 am 02 01 1994 SIMATIC Messages MessageNr 7 CONTROLLER Messager Date Time Message text Status Acknowledgement 01 02 1994 02 10 22 720 am Raw material tank 3 low limit reached incoming acknowledged 01 02 1994 02 10 24 358 am The cooler temperature has reached 80 C incoming acknowledged 01 02 1994 02 10 26 305 am Cooling water tank level HH reached incoming not acknowledged 01 02 1994 02 10 28 788 am Sensor KK 143 faulty incoming not acknowledged Details on message number 66 Info cooler temperature is at 80 C Figure 3 8 Messages Requirement Mi Le texts re ibe 2 eu ates in the correct languages You will find abou iguring message TEP Zand on the Internet at ip ieee ETET E siemens com WWiview en 23872245 Filter Allows you to access certain specific information on this page The list box allows you to display only entries for the selected parameter Enter the value of the selected parameter in the input box and click on Filter If you wish to display all messages with the status arrived for example then 1 Select the Status parameter from the list box 2 Enter arrived in the input box 3 Click on Filter The filter conditions remain active even after a page refresh IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 58 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication Messages 3 3 Web Server IM 154 8 CPU messa
125. cation factors required to calculate your user program processing time Table A 8 Extending the user program processing time CPU Factor IM 154 8 CPU 1 10 Operating system processing time at the scan cycle check point The table below shows the operating system processing time at the cycle control point of the IM 154 8 CPU This time applies without e Testing and commissioning routines e g status controlling of variables or block status functions e Transfer and deletion of blocks compressing user program memory e Communication e Writing reading of the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card with SFC 82 to 84 Table A 9 Operating system processing time at the scan cycle check point CPU Cycle control at the scan cycle check point CCP IM 154 8 CPU 500 us Extension of the cycle time as a result of nested interrupts Enabled interrupts also extend cycle time Details are found in the table below Table A 10 Extended cycle time due to nested interrupts Interrupt type Process Diagnostic Time of day Delay interrupt Cyclic interrupt Interrupt interrupt interrupt IM 154 8 CPU 500 us 600 us 400 us 300 us 150 us The program runtime at interrupt level must be added to this time extension Extension of the cycle time due to error Table A 11 Cycle time extension as a result of errors Type of error Programming errors I O access errors IM 154 8 CPU 400 us 400 us The i
126. ce Module 196 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 6 Diagnostics on the PROFIBUS DP Structure of the interrupt data for a process interrupt from byte y 4 When a process interrupt occurs code 024 for process interrupt in byte y 1 4 bytes of interrupt information after byte y 4 are transferred These 4 bytes are transferred to the intelligent DP slave using SFC 7 DP_PRAL or SFC 75 SALRM when the process interrupt for the master was generated Structure of the interrupt data when a diagnostic interrupt is generated in response to an operating state transition by the intelligent DP slave from byte y 4 Byte y 1 contains the code for a diagnostic interrupt 01H The diagnostic data contains the 16 bytes of status information from the IM 154 8 CPU The figure below shows the allocation of the first four bytes of diagnostic data The next 12 bytes are always 0 The data in these bytes corresponds to the contents of data record 0 of the diagnostic data in STEP 7 in this case not all bits are used 765 432 1 Bit Byte y 4 aoeoooum l IM 154 8 CPU OK 1 IM 154 8 CPU faulty 765 432 1 Bit Byte y 5 SPELT B a Identifier for address areas of the transfer memory constant fi Oe 4 3 2 4 O Bit Byte y 6 olofofofo JoJo 0 RUN operating state 1 STOP operating state T Mey Gy Eee GI Bit Byte y 7 roo ToToyopoT ayo Note Byte y 8 to byte y 15 are alwa
127. ce previous version 3 Purpose Operating system Back up 151 Updating 153 Order numbers Accessories Connection module IM 154 8 CPU Organization blocks P PG Connecting 120 h2a h24 124 ungrounded configuration Pin assignment M12 and 7 8 connectors RJ45 connector Power on initial Requirements 412 265 Index Process interrupt processing PROFIBUS PROFIBUS DP Commissioning 130 Direct data exchange PROFIBUS DP interface 25 PROFIBUS DP subnet terminating at the end with a bus termination connector 97 terminating at the start with a bus termination connector PROFIBUS International PROFINET Implementation Objectives 38 Switch 91 PROFINET CBA 38 PROFINET interface PROFINET 10 38 39 Commissioning Programming device communication 30 Properties IM 154 8 CPU R RAM to ROM Recycling Reloading Replacing IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 160 Response time Calculating the longest 229 Calculating the shortest 227 Conditions for the longest Defintion B25 shortest Definition 2 DP cycle times 225 Factors 225 Fluctuation width Restart 84 Retentive memory 74 Load memory 74 Retentive behavior of the memory objects 75 System memory Rewiring RJ45 connector Connectin removing 266 Routing Accessing the IM 154 8 CPU on another subnet 34 Network node 34 Requirements 36 S S7 basic communication S7 communication 32 S7 connections Distribution
128. cept 4 2 Memory functions Note This function is only permitted when the IM 154 8 CPU is in STOP mode Load memory is cleared if the load operation could not be completed due to power loss or illegal block data 4 2 3 Handling blocks 4 2 3 1 Download of new blocks or delta downloads There are two ways to download additional user blocks or download deltas e Download of blocks You have already created a user program and downloaded it to the IM 154 8 CPU via the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card You then want to add new blocks to the user program In this case you do not need to reload the entire user program to the MCC Instead you only need to download the new blocks to the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card this reduces the download times for highly complex programs e Delta download In this case you only download the deltas in the blocks of your user program In the next step perform a delta download of the user program or only of the changed blocks to the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card using the programming device PC AN Warning The delta down of block user programs overwrites all data stored under the same name on the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card The data of dynamic blocks are transferred to RAM and activated after the block is downloaded 4 2 3 2 Uploading blocks In contrast to downloading uploading involves the transfer of individual blocks or a complete user program from the IM 154 8 CPU to the programming device PC The b
129. cket insert 100 per pack 1 pack 3RX9802 0AA00 M12 cover caps for circular sockets with male insert 5 per pack 1 pack 6ES7194 4JD60 0AA0 7 8 cover caps 10 per pack 1 pack 6ES7194 3JA00 0AAQ Labels 20 x 7 mm pale turquoise 340 items per pack 1 pack 3RT1900 1SB20 Non assembled cables and connectors PROFIBUS DP M12 connector male insert 5 per pack 6GK1905 0EA00 PROFIBUS DP M12 connector female insert 5 item per pack 6GK1905 0EB00 PROFIBUS DP M12 connector angled male insert 5 per pack on request PROFIBUS DP M12 connector angled female insert 5 per pack on request PROFINET M12 connector d coded with FastConnect connection system 180 cable outlet e 1 per pack 1 pack 6GK1901 0DB10 6AA0 e 8per pack 1 pack 6GK1901 0DB10 6AA8 PROFINET RJ45 connector with FastConnect connection system 180 cable outlet e 1 per pack 1 pack 6GK1901 1BB10 2AA0 e 10 per pack 1 pack 6GK1901 1BB10 2AB0 PROFINET RJ45 connector with FastConnect connection system 90 cable outlet e 1 per pack 1 pack 6GK1901 1BB20 2AA0 e 10 per pack 1 pack 6GK1901 1BB20 2AB0 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 217 Appendix A 7 Order numbers Designation 7 8 connector screw technique male insert 5 items package Order number 6GK1905 0FA00 7 8 connector
130. connect the terminating resistor integrated into the terminal module IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Installing and connecting 5 4 Terminating the PROFIBUS DP network with terminating resistor Adding an IM 154 8 CPU at the end of the PROFIBUS DP subnet ET 200pro with ET 200pro with ET 200pro with IM 154 2 DP HF IM 154 2 DP HF IM 154 8 CPU Figure 5 3 Example of a configuration IM 154 8 CPU at the end of the PROFIBUS DP subnet Steps for the sample configuration 1 At the start of the PROFIBUS DP subnet plug an M12 bus termination connector with socket insert order number 6GK1905 0EDO0 into the M12 circular socket DP1 X03 The terminating resistor integrated into the terminal module must not be switched on OFF position 2 At the end of the PROFIBUS DP subnet plug an M12 bus termination connector with socket insert order number 6GK1905 0ECO0 into the M12 circular socket X01 DP2 See also Page 216 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 97 Installing and connecting 5 4 Terminating the PROFIBUS DP network with terminating resistor 98 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Addressing 6 6 1 Addressing the I O modules 6 1 1 Slot oriented addressing of the centralized I O modules Slot oriented addressing Slot oriented addressing only applies to the centralized I
131. contact a company certified for the disposal of electronic waste If you have any questions relating to the products described in these operating instructions and do not find the answers in this document please contact your Siemens partner at our local offices ttp Awww siemens com automation partner The portal to our technical documentation for the various SIMATIC products and systems is available at ttp Awww siemens com automation simatic portal The online catalog and ordering system are available at ttp Awww siemens com automation mall Siemens offers various courses to get you started with the ET 200pro distributed I O and the SIMATIC S7 automation system Please contact your regional training center or the central training center in D 90327 Nuremberg Germany Phone 49 911 895 3200 ttp Awww siemens com sitrain Technical Support You can reach technical support for all A amp D projects ing the support request web form e Phone 49 180 5050 222 e Fax 49 180 5050 223 For additional information about our technical support refer to the Internet at ttp Awww siemens com automation service IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Preface Service amp Support on the Internet In addition to our documentation services you can also make use of our comprehensive online knowledge base on the Internet ttp www siemens com automation service amp support
132. ctions for the routing function Table 3 4 Number of routing connections for IM 154 8 CPU CPU Number of connections for routing IM 154 8 CPU Interface X01 DP1 DP2 configured as e MPI Max 10 e DP master Max 24 e DP slave active Max 14 Interface X02 P1 P2 P3 configured as e PROFINET Max 24 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 35 Communication 3 2 Communication services Requirements Reference 36 The station modules are capable of routing CPUs or CPs The network configuration does not exceed project limits The modules have loaded the configuration data containing the latest knowledge of the entire network configuration of the project Reason All modules participating in the network transition must receive the routing information defining the paths to other subnets In your network configuration the programming device PC you want to use to establish a connection via network node must be assigned to the network it is physically connected to If the MPI DP interface of the IM 154 8 CPU is configured as a DP slave then the Test Commissioning Routing checkbox must be checked in the Properties dialog for the DP interface in STEP 7 Additional information About configuring with STEP 7 can be found in the Configuring Hardware and Connections in STEP 7 manual On communication are found in the Communication with SIMATIC Manual O
133. d The DP slave does not resume the transfer input data to the DP master until the DP master has sent the UNFREEZE control command According to IEC 1131 3 a function FC is a code block without static data A function allows transfer of parameters in user program Functions are therefore suitable for programming frequently occurring complex functions e g calculations According to IEC 1131 3 a function block FB is a code block with static data An FB allows the user program to pass parameters Function blocks are therefore suitable for programming complex functions e g closed loop controls mode selections which are repeated frequently IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Glossary Functional ground GD circuit GD element GD packet Global data Grounding which has the sole purpose of safeguarding the intended function of electrical equipment With functional grounding you short circuit interference voltage which would otherwise have an unacceptable impact on equipment A GD circuit comprises a number of CPUs sharing data by means of global data communication and is used as follows e ACPU broadcasts a GD packet to the other CPUs e ACPU sends and receives a GD packet from another CPU A GD circuit is identified by a GD circuit number A GD element is generated by assigning shared global data It is identified by a unique global data ID in the global data table A
134. d requests a memory reset Replace the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card reset the IM 154 8 CPU memory transfer the program again then set the IM 154 8 CPU to RUN mode A detailed description of the OBs and on SFCs required for their evaluation can be found in the STEP 7 Online Help and in the S7 300 400 System and Standard Functions reference manual IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 175 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 4 Diagnostics using status and error LEDs 9 4 5 Explanation of the BF DP LED Status and error displays for the DP interface Table 9 6 BF DP LED Meaning SF ON BF DP On On On flashes PROFIBUS DP interface error To correct or avoid error See the tables below Table 9 7 BF DP LED lights up Possible error e Bus fault hardware fault e DP interface error e Different transmission rates in multiple DP master mode e Ifthe DP slave master interface is active short circuit on the bus e With passive DP slave interface transmission rate search i e there are no other active nodes on the bus a master for example Table 9 8 BF DP LED flashes Response by the IM 154 8 CPU Call OB 86 if the IM 154 8 CPU is in RUN mode The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if OB86 is not loaded Possible remedies e Check the bus cable for short circuit or breaks e Analyze the diagnostic data Edit t
135. d OB on the DP master Additional interrupt specific information may be included You can read this additional information in the DP master using SFB 54 RALRM Interrupts with a different DP master 190 If you are using the IM 154 8 CPU with another DP master an image of these interrupts is created in its device specific diagnostic data You must continue to process the relevant diagnostic events in the user program of the DP master Note To evaluate diagnostic and process interrupts via the device specific diagnostics with a different DP master please note that the DP master should be able to save the diagnostic messages i e the diagnostic messages should be stored in the DP master in a ring buffer If the DP master cannot save the diagnostic messages e g then only the last incoming diagnostic message is ever saved You must scan the relevant bits in the device related diagnostic data in your user program at regular intervals Make allowances for the PROFIBUS DP bus cycle time for example to be able to poll these bits at least once and in synchronism to the bus cycle time With an IM 308 C acting as a DP master you cannot use process interrupts in device specific diagnostics because only incoming events are reported rather than outgoing events IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 6 Diagnostics on the PROFIBUS DP
136. d TOD interrupt was jumped e g by advancing the internal clock Call OB 80 The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if OB 80 is not loaded Disable the TOD interrupt before you set the time of day with SFC 29 Delay interrupt triggered by SFC 32 However a matching block is not loaded Software configuration error Call OB85 The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if OB85 is not loaded Load OB 20 OB number can be seen from the diagnostic buffer Process interrupt is enabled and triggered However a matching block is not loaded Software configuration error Call OB85 The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if OB85 is not loaded Load OB 40 OB number can be seen from the diagnostic buffer generated but the appropriate OB57 is not loaded Status alarm is generated but Call OB85 The IM 154 8 Load OB55 the appropriate OB55 is not CPU STOPs if OB85 is loaded not loaded Update alarm is generated but Call OB85 The IM 154 8 Load OB56 the appropriate OB 56 is not CPU STOPs if OB85 is loaded not loaded Vendor specific alarm is Call OB85 The IM 154 8 Load OB57 CPU STOPs if OB85 is not loaded Access to missing or defective I O module when the process image is updated software or hardware error Call OB 85 depending on the parameter settings in HW Config The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if OB 85 is not loaded Load OB 85 The start information of the OB contains the address of the relevant I O module Re
137. d to report events concerning this slot For example if the IM 154 8 CPU is acting as an intelligent slave it returns the diagnostic interrupts for operating state transitions These diagnostic addresses are referred to as assigned to the DP master below These diagnostic addresses are used by the DP master to obtain information about the state of the DP slave or about bus interruptions Explanation of the DP slave configuration When you configure the DP slave you also assign it a diagnostic address in the associated DP slave project This diagnostic address is referred to as assigned to the DP slave below This diagnostic addresses is used by the DP slave to obtain information about the state of the DP master or bus interruptions IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 6 Diagnostics on the PROFIBUS DP Event recognition The table below shows how the IM 154 8 CPU acting as a DP master recognizes operating mode transitions of a CPU acting as a DP slave or any interruption of the data exchange Table 9 12 Event recognition for the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP master Event What happens in the DP master Bus interruption short e Call of OB 86 with the message Station failure incoming event circuit connector diagnostic address of Slot 0 of the DP slave that is assigned to the removed DP master e With I O acce
138. data exchange Display languages of the web server 48 Disposal Download of blocks DP master Interrupts 190 E Error Asynchronous 166 Synchronous 166 Error displays 21 ET 200pro with IM ia 8 CPU initial power on Event recognition F Failure ET 200pro PROFINET IO Firewall Firmware Back up 151 Floating installation Connect a programming device 124 Forcing 165 FREEZE Fuse 264 Fuse replacement IM 154 8 CPU 158 Requirements G Global data communication Guide Operating Instructions 3 I amp M data I O process image Identification Identification and maintenance data 162 Identification data Identifier related diagnostics 194 IM 154 8 CPU Accessories commissioning as a DP master commissioning as DP Slave Dimensional diagram 219 Fuse replacement 158 installing Memory reset 113 Properties Response after replacement 160 Technical specifications Industrial Ethernet 37 Installing IM 154 8 CPU 90 interfaces PROFIBUS DP interface Time synchronization 25 Interfaces MPI 23 MPI interface Connectable devices 24 MPI interface Time synchronization 2 PROFIBUS DP interface PROFIBUS DP interface Connectable devices 26 PROFINET interface PROFINET se SE eee the ports 27 PROFINET interface Connectable devices 27 PROFINET interface Send clock PROFINET interface Time synchronization 26 PROFINET interface Update Time Internet Service amp Support 5 In
139. ddress input I and output Q address areas directly at the signal modules but rather accesses the system memory area containing the I O process image IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 221 Appendix A 3 Cycle and response times Sequence of cyclic program processing 222 The table and figure below show the phases in cyclic program processing Table A 5 Cyclic program processing Step Sequence 1 The operating system initiates cycle time monitoring 2 The IM 154 8 CPU writes the values from the process output image to the output modules 3 The IM 154 8 CPU reads the status at the inputs of the input modules and then updates the process input image 4 The IM 154 8 CPU processes the user program in time slices and executes the operations specified in the program 5 At the end of a cycle the operating system executes queued tasks for example loading and deleting blocks 6 The IM 154 8 CPU then returns to the start of the cycle and restarts cycle time monitoring V V Time slices each 1 ms NS i Operating system PIO PII SCC OpSys In contrast M V Process image of outputs PIO Time slices each 1 ms Process image of inputs PII Cycle time User program Scan cycle check point CCP Operating system OpSys 4 Communication Process Image of Outpu
140. de IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 159 Maintenance and service 8 6 Replacing the IM 154 8 CPU interface module Replacing the IM 154 8 CPU interface module 1 Loosen the 4 screws on the front panel of the CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 terminal module using the cross head screwdriver 2 Remove the terminal module from the IM 154 8 CPU interface module 3 Remove the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card from the receptacle see nserting replacing a Micro Memory Care Remove the two screws from the front top and bottom right of the IM 154 8 CPU using the cross head screwdriver Remove the interface module from the bus module Note If the bus module is defective you must replace it as well See the Replacing a bus module section of the ET 200pro operating instructions for information Remove the two screws from the front top and bottom right of the new IM 154 8 CPU using the cross head screwdriver and remove the interface module from the bus module 7 Install the new interface module on the bus module 8 Insert the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card removed from the defective IM 154 8 CPU into the receptacle on the new IM 154 8 CPU Plug the terminal module into the interface module once more and secure it with the screws 10 Switch on the power supplies IM 154 8 CPU response after replacement See also 160 After replacement the IM 154 8 CPU always automatica
141. diagnostics buffer e Messages without acknowledgment option e Information about the PROFINET e Variable status e Variable tables The following pages describe the HTML pages and contain detailed explanatory notes Display languages 48 You can select two of the following five languages for displaying messages and diagnostic information See also the Language settings section e German e English e French e Spanish e Italian IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 3 Web Server Web access to the IM 154 8 CPU via programming device PC Proceed as follows to access the web server 1 Connect the client programming device or PC to the IM 154 8 CPU via the PROFINET interface 2 Open the web browser e g Internet Explorer Enter the IP address of the IM 154 8 CPU in the Address field of the web browser in the format http a b c d for example http 192 168 3 141 The start page of the IM 154 8 CPU opens From the start page you can navigate to additional information Web access to the IM 154 8 CPU via HMI devices and PDAs The web server also supports the Windows terminal service which means that thin client solutions with mobile devices e g PDA or MOBIC T8 and robust local stations e g SIMATIC MP370 with the ThinClient MP option can be implemented under Windows CE in addition to the use of programming devices and PCs Proceed as follows to
142. dress area memory bits timers and counters e The process image of the I Os e Local data The RAM is integrated in the IM 154 8 CPU and cannot be expanded It is used to run the code and process user program data Programs only run in work memory and system memory 4 1 2 Retentivity of load memory system memory and RAM Your IM 154 8 CPU is equipped with a maintenance free retentive memory i e its operation does not require a back up battery Data is kept in retentive memory across POWER OFF and restart warm start Retentive data in load memory Your program in load memory is always retentive It is stored on the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card where it is protected against power failure or CPU memory restart Retentive data in system memory In your configuration IM 154 8 CPU Properties Retentivity tab specify which parts of the bit memory timers and counters should be kept retentive and which should be reinitialized to 0 on restart warm restart The diagnostic buffer MPI address and transmission rate and operating hour counter data are generally written to the retentive memory area on the IM 154 8 CPU Retentivity of the MPI address and baud rate ensures that your IM 154 8 CPU can continue to communicate even after a power failure memory reset or loss of communication parameters e g due to removal of the SIMATIC micro memory card or deletion of communication parameters Retentive data in RAM See also 74 Therefo
143. e 130 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 5 Commissioning PROFIBUS DP 7 5 2 Commissioning the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP master Requirements for commissioning e The PROFIBUS subnet has been configured e The DP slaves are ready for operation see relevant DP slave manuals e Ifthe MPI DP interface is to act as a DP interface you must configure the interface as the DP interface e You must configure the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP master prior to commissioning That means that in STEP 7you must Commissioning Configure the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP master Assign a PROFIBUS address to the IM 154 8 CPU Assign a master diagnostic address to the IM 154 8 CPU Integrate the DP slaves into the DP master system Is the DP CPU a DP slave If so this DP slave will appear in the PROFIBUS DP catalog as an already configured station In the DP master assign a slave diagnostic address to this DP slave CPU You must interconnect the DP master with the DP slave CPU and specify the address areas for data exchange with the DP slave CPU Commission the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP master in the PROFIBUS subnet as follows 1 Download the PROFIBUS subnet configuration created with STEP 7 preset configuration from the programming device to the IM 154 8 CPU 2 Switch on all the DP slaves 3 Switch the IM 154 8 CPU from STOP to RUN IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 131 Com
144. e Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Glossary SYNC Control command a DP master may broadcast to a group of DP slaves With the SYNC control command the DP master causes the DP slave to freeze the statuses of the outputs at the current value The DP slave stores the output data contained in the next frame but does not change the state of its outputs After each new SYNC control command the DP slave sets the outputs it has saved as output data The outputs are not updated cyclically again until the DP master has sent a UNSYNC control command System diagnostics System diagnostics refers to the detection evaluation and signaling of errors that occur within the PLC for example programming errors or module failures System errors can be indicated by LEDs or in STEP 7 System function A system function SFC is a function integrated in the operating system of the CPU that can be called when necessary in the STEP 7 user program System function block A system function block SFB is a function block integrated in the operating system of the CPU that can be called when necessary in the STEP 7 user program System memory System memory is an integrated RAM memory in the CPU System memory contains the address areas e g timers counters bit memory and data areas that are required internally by the operating system for example communication buffers System status list The system status list contains data th
145. e Help and in the S7 300 400 System and Standard Functions reference manual 9 4 6 Status and error displays for the PN interface Status and Error Indicators PROFINET devices Note For ports 1 and 2 the LINK and RX TX indicators are combined in the P1 and P2 LEDs If the LED lights up green this signals that there is a connection with a communication peer on the Ethernet If there is also active data traffic via this port then the LED color changes to yellow If there is little data traffic the LED can also flicker green and yellow Port 3 has a green and a yellow LED at the RJ45 socket LED LED status Description of the status P1 Green Lit There is an Ethernet connection between the allocated port of the PROFINET P2 LINK interface of your PROFINET device and a communication peer on the Ethernet a switch for example Flashes The user has activated flashing from STEP 7 Does not light up There is no Ethernet connection between the allocated port of the PROFINET interface of your PROFINET device and a communication peer on the Ethernet Yellow Flickers There is currently data being received from a communication peer on the Ethernet via RX TX the allocated port of the PROFINET interface of the PROFINET device Does not light up No data is currently being received sent via the allocated port of the PROFINET interface BF PN lit Error at the PROFINET interface communication is no longer
146. e OB82_MDL_ADDR 422 e OB82_EV_CLASS B 16 39 incoming event e OB82_MDL_DEFECT module fault Tip The IM 154 8 CPU diagnostic buffer also contains this information IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 189 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 6 Diagnostics on the PROFIBUS DP 9 6 3 Interrupts on the DP Master Interrupts with S7 DP master Process interrupts from an intelligent DP slave with SFC 7 In the IM 154 8 CPU acting as a DP slave you can trigger a user defined process interrupt from the DP master from the user program You can trigger an OB40 in the user program of the DP master by calling SFC7 DP_PRAL The SFC 7 allows you to forward interrupt information to the DP master in a double word This information can then be evaluated in the OB40_POINT_ADDR variable in the OB40 The interrupt information can be programmed user specific You will find a detailed description of SFC7 DP_PRAL in the System and Standard Functions for S7 300 400 reference manual Setting user defined interrupts for intelligent slaves using SFB 75 In the IM 154 8 CPU acting as a DP slave you can trigger any interrupts from the DP master from the user program SFB 75 SALRM is used to send a process or diagnostic interrupt from a slot in the transfer area virtual slot to the associated DP master from the user program on an intelligent slave This starts the associate
147. e diagnostics buffer incoming event diagnostic address of the IO device e With I O access Call to OB 122 I O access error Tip Always program OB 86 when you commission the IM 154 8 CPU This allows you to detect and analyze interruptions in the data transfer IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 149 Commissioning 7 6 Commissioning PROFINET IO Status control programming via PROFINET As an alternative to the MPI DP interface you can program the IM 154 8 CPU or execute the programming device s status and control functions via the PROFINET interface If you have not commissioned the PROFINET interface of the IM 154 8 CPU yet you can connect to the IM 154 8 CPU using its MAC address see also Configuring the PROFINET O System in the table above To do so use HW Config to download your configuration to the IM 154 8 CPU Address the IM 154 8 CPU using its MAC address After you have downloaded the configuration the IM 154 8 CPU is also assigned the set IP address With that you can then use all programming device functions such as download program status control etc on the interface IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 150 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Maintenance and service 8 1 Overview For the ET 200pro with IM 154 8 CPU service and maintenance means Backing up the firmware to the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Updating the firmware via
148. e of 100 Ohm AWG 22 The transmission characteristics of this cable must meet the requirements of category 5 The maximum length of the connection between end device and network component must not exceed 100 m The ports are implemented according to the 100 Base TX standard with the RJ 45 connector system IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Glossary Update Time User program Voltage group WAN Work memory During the send cycle all IO devices in the PROFINET IO system are supplied with new data from the IO controller outputs and all IO devices have their latest data sent to the IO controller inputs Note Send Cycles for Cyclical Data Exchange STEP 7 determines the send cycle on the basis of the existing hardware configuration and the resulting cyclical data traffic During this time a PROFINET IO device has exchanged its user data with the associated IO controller The send cycle can be set for an entire bus segment of a controller or for an individual IO device You can increase the send cycle manually in STEP 7 If other cyclic PROFINET services for example cyclic services for PROFINET CBA need to be taken into account in addition to PROFINET IO In the Send Cycle dialog in STEP 7 HW Config set a send cycle for the relevant devices to be reserved for PROFINET IO For more information refer to the S7EP 7 online help In SIMATIC a distinction is made
149. e on the IM 154 8 CPU using a programming device or SFC then the time synchronization is started immediately As the time slave the IM 154 8 CPU receives synchronization message frames from another time master and accepts this time as its own internal time In addition to time synchronization at the MPI DP interface there is also time synchronization at the PROFINET interface The IM 154 8 CPU may only be the time slave at one of these interfaces At the PN interface it can only acts as a time client functionality is the same as that of a time slave at the MPI DP interface Example The IM 154 8 CPU is time synchronized by a time server over NTP via the PN interface The IM 154 8 CPU can then only be used as a time master at the DP interface IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 25 Communication 3 7 Interfaces Devices capable of PROFIBUS DP communication Reference e Programming device PC e OP TP e DP slaves e DP master e Actuators Sensors e 7 300 S7 400 with PROFIBUS DP interface Additional information on PROFIBUS http www profibus com 3 1 3 PROFINET PN Availability The IM 154 8 CPU interface module has a PROFINET interface with integral switch and 3 ports e Ports 1 and 2 are IP65 rated M12 circular socket At these ports the network can be configured with a line structure with no additional external switch e Port 3 RJ45 socket is provided so th
150. e process image The same applies to the use of actual parameters of block calls from the I O area area of the process image Particularly if these process image limits were changed you should check to which extent your user program accesses the process image in the area between the set and the maximum process image size If such access is to continue to take place this means that inputs on the I O module that change may not be detected or that outputs may not really be written to the output module without an error message being generated Local data store e The temporary variables of code blocks e The start information of the OBs e Transfer parameters e Intermediate results Temporary Variables When you create blocks you can declare temporary variables TEMP which are only available during block execution and then overwritten again These local data have fixed length in each OB Local data must be initialized prior to the first read access Each OB also requires 20 bytes of local data for its start information Local data access is faster compared to access to data in DBs The IM 154 8 CPU has memory for storing temporary variables local data of recently executed blocks This memory is divided among the priority classes into partitions of equal size Each priority class has its own local data area IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 79 Memory concept 4 1 Memory areas and rete
151. e supply 2L 24 VDC 16 A circuit breaker with type B or C tripping characteristic Note A 24 VDC 16A circuit breaker with type B tripping characteristic trips before the equipment fuse is tripped A 24 VDC 16A circuit breaker with type C tripping characteristic trips after the equipment fuse is tripped Power loss Typically 8 5 W Insulation tested with 500 VDC Galvanic isolation e between the backplane bus and power Yes supplies 1L 2L e between PROFIBUS PROFINET and power Yes supplies 1L 2L e between the electronic circuits and power Yes supplies 1L 2L Maximum potential difference 75 VDC 60 VAC Status interrupts diagnostics Interrupts Yes Diagnostics function Yes Group errors Red SF LED PROFIBUS DP bus monitoring Red BF DP LED Bus monitoring PROFINET Red BF PN LED Maintenance information Yellow MAINT LED Monitoring of the supply voltage for the electronic components 1L Green LED ON Monitoring of the rated load voltage 2L Green DC 24V LED Existing connection to PROFINET Green LED P1 and P2 Green LED at port 3 RJ45 socket Send receive via PROFINET Yellow LED P1 and P2 Yellow LED at port 3 RJ45 socket IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Technical specifications 10 3 Terminal module CM IM PN DP M12 778 10 3 Terminal modu
152. e will explain the basics of the concept Each individual or several errors occurring simultaneously are transferred from the IO device to the IO controller If you require the full status of the IO device including any pending errors you can also read the status directly from the IO device Extended maintenance concept PROFINET devices support the comprehensive diagnostics and maintenance concept described in the IEC 61158 6 10 standard The aim of the maintenance concept is the early detection and elimination of potential faults before they cause a production failure The PROFINET devices modules submodules can therefore also display information for preventive maintenance in addition to the status information OK and Faulty Maintenance information Maintenance information describes the urgency with which maintenance is needed The concept distinguishes between two levels of maintenance information e Maintenance requested identified by a yellow wrench in STEP 7 Maintenance is recommended e Maintenance demanded identified by an orange wrench in STEP 7 Maintenance alarm The times at which maintenance information is generated are defined individually for each wear parameter e g attenuation on a fiber optic cable Information on Diagnostics in PROFINET IO For additional information refer to the STEP 7 Online Help the From PROFIBUS DP to PROFINET O programming manual and the PROFINET System Descriptio
153. echnical data ISO on TCP Yes via integrated PROFINET interface and loadable FBs e Maximum number of connections 8 e Data length max 8192 bytes UDP Yes via integrated PROFINET interface and loadable FBs e Maximum number of connections 8 e Data length max 1472 bytes Programming device OP communication Yes Global data communication Yes e Number of GD circuits 8 e Number of GD packets Max 8 Sending stations Max 8 Receiving stations Max 8 e Length of GD packets Max 22 bytes Consistent data 22 bytes S7 basic communication Yes e User data per job Max 76 bytes Consistent data 76 bytes S7 communication Yes e As server Yes e Asclient Yes via integrated PN interface and loadable FBs or even via CP and loadable FBs e User data per job Consistent data See the STEP 7 Online Help Common parameters of SFBs FBs and SFCs FCs for S7 communication Number of connections 16 can be used for e Programming device communication Max 15 Reserved default 1 Configurable 1 to 15 e OP communication Max 15 Reserved default 1 Configurable 1to 15 e S7 basic communication Max 14 Reserved default 0 Configurable 0 to 14 Routing Yes e Interface X01 configured as MPI Max 10 DP master Max 24 DP slave active Max 14 e Interface X02 configured as PROFINET Max 24 IM 154 8 CPU In
154. ecords for a DP slave The process of reading the slave diagnostics is similar to SFC 13 Assumptions regarding the STEP 7 user program For this STEP 7user program it is assumed that e Diagnostic data for the input module at address 2004 is to be read e Data record 1 is to be read out e Data record 1 is to be stored in DB 10 STEP 7 user program STL Explanation CALL SFC 59 REQ TRUE Request to read IOID BH16 54 Tdentifier of the address area here the I O input LADDR W 16 200 Logical address of the IM 154 8 CPU RECNUM B 16 1 Data record 1 is to be read RET_VAL MW2 An error code is output if an error occurs BUSY MO 0 Read operation not finished RECORD P DB10 DBX 0 0 BYTE 240 DB 10 is target area for the read data record 1 Note Data is only returned to the target area if BUSY is reset to 0 and if no negative RET_VAL has occurred IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 187 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 6 Diagnostics on the PROFIBUS DP Diagnostic addresses For the IM 154 8 CPU assign diagnostic addresses for the PROFIBUS DP Verify in your configuration that the DP diagnostic addresses are assigned once to the DP master and 188 once to the DP slave IM 154 8 CPU as the sender IM 154 8 CPU as the recipient PROFIBUS Diagnostic address Figure 9 4 PROFIBUS DP diagnostics address Explanation of the DP maste
155. ecting 5 2 Connect the IM 154 8 CPU interface module to the CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 terminal module View of the M12 and 7 8 connectors Terminal Assignment M12 connector d coded PROFINET Xo x X02 P1 for connecting PROFINET P1 P2 X02 P2 for connecting PROFINET 1 RD Receive Data 2 TD Transmit Data 3 RD_N Receive Data 4 TD_N Transmit Data Thread Functional ground RD TDN RDN TD RD TDN RDN TD 7 8 connectors 1L and 2L supply voltages X03 DC 24V for incoming supply t a y X04 DC 24V for looping through 1 Load voltage ground 2M a a 2 Electronic encoder supply ground 1M 3 Functional ground a a 4 Electronic encoder supply 1L O C 5 Load voltage supply 2L Q Q 1L 1L Connecting M12 and 7 8 connectors 1 Plug the M12 and 7 8 connectors into the corresponding circular sockets of the CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 terminal module Ensure that the connector and socket are properly engaged 2 Tighten the knurled screws of the connectors torque 1 5 N m Caution It is not allowed to remove the 7 8 connector while ET 200pro is in operation Always switch off the electronic encoder supply 1L and the load voltage supply 2L before you remove the 7 8 connector Note Removal of the 7 8 connector interrupts the supply to downstream modules IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 93 I
156. ection resources for routing Number of connection resources for routing The IM 154 8 CPU provides a different number of connection resources for the routing function Table 3 10 Number of connection resources for routing CPU Number of connections for routing IM 154 8 CPU Interface X01 DP1 DP2 configured as e MPI Max 10 e DP master Max 24 e DP slave active Max 14 Interface X02 P1 P2 P3 configured as e PROFINET Max 24 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 69 Communication 3 5 DPV1 Example for the IM 154 8 CPU The IM 154 8 CPU provides 16 connection resources e Reserve two connection resources for programming device communication e Reserve three connection resources for OP communication e Reserve one connection resource for S7 basic communication e In NetPro you configure 6 S7 connection resources for S7 communication via the integrated PROFINET interface This leaves 4 S7 connections available for any communication services e g S7 communication OP communication etc However no more than 14 connection resources for S7 communication at the integrated PN interface can be configured in NetPro There are also 24 routing connections available for the IM 154 8 CPU that do not affect the S7 connection resources mentioned above You should take the interface specific maximum numbers into account however see table above 3 5 DPV1 D
157. ed to the device name an IO device must have a device name in order to be addressed by an IO controller With PROFINET this procedure is used because names are easier to handle than complex IP addresses The assignment of a device name for a specific IO device can be compared with the setting of the PROFIBUS address for a DP slave In the state of delivery a IO device has no device name The IO device can only be addressed by a IO controller after the device has been assigned a device name for the transfer of configuration data IP address and other data in the startup phase or for the exchange of user data in cyclic operation for example Alternatively the device name can be written directly to the SIMATIC micro memory card for the ET 200pro IO device in the programming device The diagnostics buffer represents a buffered memory area in the CPU It stores diagnostic events in the order of their occurrence Diagnostic interrupt Modules capable of diagnostics operations report detected system errors to the CPU by means of diagnostic interrupts IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 239 Glossary Diagnostics gt System diagnostics Direct data exchange Direct data exchange is a special communication relationship between PROFIBUS DP nodes The direct data exchange is characterized by PROFIBUS DP nodes which listen on the bus and know which data a DP slave returns to its DP master
158. eeeeeeessaes MOM ACES era S E S bedpeate ca lgatedaeuiotulalaceyedieayentd Multi Point Interface MPI PROFIBUS DPen eana bec deved eateceas Ea aaa aa A A a aED PROFINET PN rincian e aaaea A A a aaaea COMMUNICATION ServiCES sssr aeia aaia aaaea eiia aiaa 29 Overview Of communication SerV CeS s ssssesisetrrtttttittett nteti ttrt tnta intenni atanta antann nenten enn neeem Ea 29 PGs COMMUNICATION vind esac tics hada aaa e ae paula ca ea aaia eaa Are ERATA 30 OP COMMUNICATION 3 cccsaicecenntantevecdtceedeadenaanetsatteiecsertantdcndpteinettties ent tsleasecterseedhinednendteie and enndecedacndies 31 S7 basic communication Via MPI Only sssini aeaa aa Sa 31 Sf COMMU CA OI sosea a a E tas Canta secu a E e EEEE 32 Global data communication via MPI only ccesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeceaeeeseaeeesaeeeceeeseenesenenees 32 FROULIN Qe fiacs senaice niesi eaae sa a eaae EEE e aSa ae OE ACE Ea aa ee a ea 34 Data COMSISLENGCY A EAE EAEE AE E E E E 37 Communication by means of PROFINET ccccccccsccsecssecseenecnecnaeeseeecnecnsecsaeeesssaeseesasesaeaaenes 37 PROFINET lO Syste M nisiende ea aa aa ai aa i aaa aaaea daoia 40 Blocks for PROFINET IQs aienea iia A E EE eee Hate ed 42 Open communication via Industrial Ethernet ccccccsccecneceenecnsetaeeseenecnsecaeeaseneseseeeeaeees 44 SNMP COMMUNICATION SEFVICE ccccesecee cee eet iniiai e eaae Ri 47 WED SGIVER A baste there ducted a taecedhietdecd e
159. eeeneessaeeesneeees 193 Technical specifications for the IM 154 8 CPU c ccccceececseceeceeeeeeeecnaceeeeeeesensneaeeeeeeteeeee es 203 IM 154 8 CPU order NUM ETS ay siececesicieasutecrentecetadects tle thindes tunis actentebdieiaiddaiire Terminal Module Order NUMDEMS aorosinu ranana aa aa a a a a IM 154 8 CPU accessory order NUMDETS cccccccececceene ene cneeeeeeeenseeeecseeeeeeseeseesaeeseeeeneena es 216 Accessories for terminal module CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 order NUMDETS ccccceeeeeee 216 CYclIC programi PrOCESSING rssi sands tac ceeverdundennducuatabuaaunandddve aaa aa aaa aaa a 222 Formula for calculating the process image PI transfer t IMG en a Bites 223 Data for calculating the process image PI transfer tiMe ccccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetees 223 Extending the user program processing time ccscecceceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeseenaeeeseeeeeeesnaeeeeseateeees 224 Operating system processing time at the scan cycle Check point e ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 224 Extended cycle time due to nested interrupts ee eeeceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeseaeeesetnaeeeensaee eats 224 Cycle time extension as a result Of C rOrs ceceeceecececeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeeeeceneaeeeeeeeeteeneeeeteees 224 Formula Shortest response time cececccecececceceeeeeeeaeeeceeeeeecaaeeeceseseseaneeeeseeeseaneaeenseaeees 227 Formula Longest response time
160. efinition DPV1 Availability New automation and process engineering tasks require the range of functions performed by the existing DP protocol to be extended In addition to cyclical communication functions acyclical access to non S7 field devices is another important requirement of our customers and was implemented in the EN 50170 standard In the past acyclic access was only possible with S7 slaves The standard concerning distributed I Os EN 50170 has been further developed All the changes concerning new DPV1 functions are included in IEC 61158 EN 50170 volume 2 PROFIBUS The term DPV1 is defined as a functional extension of the acyclic services to include new interrupts for example provided by the DP protocol As the DP master the IM 154 8 CPU has this extended DPV1 functionality Note If you want to use the IM 154 8 CPU as an intelligent slave remember that it does not have DPV 1 functionality Requirement for using the DPV1 functionality with DP slaves 70 For DPV1 slaves from other vendors you will need a GSD file conforming to EN 50170 revision 3 or later IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 5 DPV1 Extended functions of DPV1 e Use of any DPV1 slaves from external vendors in addition to the existing DPVO and S7 slaves of course e Selective handling of DPV1 specific interrupt events by new interrupt blocks e Reading writing SFB
161. ence manual The diagnostic repeater is described in the Diagnostic Repeater for PROFIBUS DP manual order number 6ES7972 0AB00 8BA0 9 3 3 Diagnostic functions available in STEP 7 Diagnosing with the Diagnosing hardware function Locate the cause of a module error by viewing the online information on the module You can locate the cause of an error in the user program cycle with the help of the diagnostic buffer and of the stack content You can also check whether a user program will run on a specific IM 154 8 CPU Hardware diagnostics give you an overview of the PLC status In an overview representation a symbol can display the error status of every module A double click on the faulty module opens detailed error information The scope of this information depends on the specific module You can view the following information e General information about the module e g order number version designation and state of the module e g faulty e Module errors channel errors for example in centralized I O modules and PROFIBUS DP slaves or PROFINET IO devices e Display of messages from the diagnostic buffer e Diagnostic data about the PROFINET interface and its ports is also available e g network connection communication diagnostics and statistics For the IM 154 8 CPU you can also view the following information about the module states e Cause of an error in the user program cycle e Indication of the cycle time longest
162. ents If at all possible you should only use one language for the display You should also configure your variable tables with as few variables as possible since these variable tables are more likely to be displayed in full by the web server and will also be updated faster than tables with lots of variables Creating a variable table for web servers 64 1 Create a variable table with STEP 7 2 Open the Properties dialog for the variable table and enter VATtoWEB in the Family box Properties Variable Table x General Part1 General Part 2 Attributes Name Header I Version Header fo 1 Family VATtoweb Author Lengths Local Data MC Load Memory Requirement Work Memory Requirement DB is write protected in the PLC Standard block T Know how protection M Unlinked IT Non Retain I Block read only Cancel Help 3 Save and compile the project and download it to the IM 154 8 CPU IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 4 S7 connections 3 4 S7 connections 3 4 1 S7 connection as communication path An S7 connection is established when S7 modules communicate with one another This S7 connection is the communication path Note No S7 connections are required for global data communication or communication via PROFIBUS DP PROFINET CBA PROFINET IO web server TCP IP ISO on TCP UDP and SNMP
163. erruption of the data exchange Table 7 11 Event recognition for the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP slave Event Bus interruption short circuit connector removed What happens in the DP slave Call of OB86 with the message Station failure incoming event diagnostic address of the DP slave assigned to the DP slave With I O access Call of OB 122 I O access error DP master RUN gt STOP Call of OB 82 with the message Module error incoming event diagnostic address of the DP slave assigned to the DP slave Variable OB82_MDL_STOP 1 DP master STOP gt RUN Call of OB82 with the message Module OK outgoing event diagnostic address of the DP slave assigned to the DP slave Variable OB82_MDL_STOP 0 Tip When you commission the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP slave always program OB82 and OB86 This helps you to recognize and evaluate data exchange errors or interruptions 136 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 5 Commissioning PROFIBUS DP Programming status control via PROFIBUS As an alternative to the MPI interface you can program the IM 154 8 CPU or execute the programming device s status and control functions via the PROFIBUSDP interface Note The use of Status and Control function via the PROFIBUS DP interface extends the DP cycle Transferring user data via a transfer memory The IM 154 8 CPU as an intelligent
164. es max e Data length per connection acyclic 250 bytes interconnections max HMI variables via PROFINET acyclic e Update HMI variables 500 ms e Number of stations that can be logged on for HMI variables PN OPC iMAP 2xPN OPC 1x iMAP e Number of HMI variables 200 e Data length of all HMI variables max 2000 bytes PROFIBUS proxy functionality e supported Yes e Number of coupled PROFIBUS devices 16 e Data length per connection max 240 bytes slave dependent IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Technical specifications 10 2 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Technical data Interfaces 1st interface X01 Type of interface Integrated RS485 interface Physics RS 485 Isolated Yes Interface power supply 5 VDC May only be used for external terminating resistor Connection 2 x M12 b coded Functionality e MPI Yes e PROFIBUS DP Yes e Point to point communication No e PROFINET No MPI Services e PG OP communication Yes e Routing Yes e Global data communication Yes e S7 basic communication Yes e S7 communication Yes As server Yes As client No e Transmission rates Max 12 Mbps DP master Services e PG OP communication Yes e Routing Yes e Global data communication No e S7 basic communication Yes I blocks only e
165. factory This 6 Byte long device identification is the MAC address The MAC address is divided into e 3 Byte manufacturer identification e 3 Byte device identification consecutive number The MAC address is normally printed on the front of the device Example 08 00 06 6B 80 CO IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 247 Glossary Master When a master is in possession of the token it can send data to other nodes and request data from other nodes active node DP masters include the 315 2 DP or the IM 154 8 CPU gt Slav Micro Memory Card gt SIMATIC Micro Memory Carc Module parameters MPI MPI address NCM PC Nesting depth Network Non isolated 248 Module parameters are values which can be used to configure module behavior There are two different types of parameter static and dynamic The multipoint interface MPI represents the programming device interface of SIMATIC S7 It enables multiple node operation PGs text based displays OPs on one or several PLCs Each node is identified by a unique address MPI address gt MPI gt SIMATIC NCM PC A block can be called from another by means of a block call Nesting depth is referred to as the number of simultaneously called code blocks A network consists of one or more interconnected subnets with any number of nodes Several networks can exist alongside each other A network is a larger communica
166. for inputs for inputs PIO os PII User program PIO os PII transfer transfer transfer transfer Force value overwritten Force value by T PAW Force value gt gt gt Execution of TPAW Execution of force job force job for outputs for outputs OS Operating system processing Figure 9 1 How forcing works with the IM 154 8 CPU IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 165 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 3 Debugging functions The differences between forcing and modifying variables Table 9 2 The differences between forcing and modifying variables Characteristics function Forcing Modifying Variables Memory bit M Yes Timers and counters T C Yes Data blocks DB Yes Inputs and outputs l O Yes Yes Peripheral inputs PI Peripheral outputs PO Yes User program can overwrite modify force values Yes Yes Maximum number of force values 10 Reference A detailed description of the software testing functions can be found in the STEP 7 Online Help and STEP 7 Programming Manual 9 3 2 Overview Diagnostics Introduction System errors can occur especially in the commissioning phase Tracking these errors might be a time consuming effort since they can occur both on the hardware and software side The many different testing functions ensure that commissioning runs smoothly Note Errors during operat
167. ft E A E 48 LANGUAGES SOUIMOS seese a Wed eevee 51 WED DAQCS aaae A E T eueeas ats 53 Start page with general CPU information 0 ec eceeee cece ee eeeeeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeseeaeeraeees 53 DOGMA OM eats instasiir a hatden teat DiaQmOStiG DUT Gr ger E ces euseceee cbs sit wede gt E E E E A E 56 Messages eria a E E adeedesautineeeiehsisciciaas 58 PROFINET oiiaaie aaa aa T aaa a a aA anid a aaia aia Variable Status csrorsnroicir iii einn in R TE TEA E EAT 62 Varlable tables sorisa a S eee terete SF CONNECTIONS suaa eden ciietlce np deccs shite AA S7 connection as COMMUNICATION path cece cette ee eeeeeee setae ee eeteeeeteeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeeeeeees Assignment of S7 CONNECTIONS 0 ce eecececeeeeeee eect eeneeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeesaaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeniaeeeeeeeeneaaes Distribution and availability of S7 connection resources 0 eee ee eeteeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaneeeeeaes 3 Connection resources fOr rOUtING cceeeceee eee ceeeeeeceeeeeeteneeeeeseeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeeeeeeeeaeees DPV skies iain ieee d de lee ea ed a eee IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 7 Table of contents MEMOPY CONCEDE oie risaie etine bes aai ra a dea a AE aE aeaa aE aa aea a aE TREERE 4 1 Memory areas and retentive address areas esssesssrsresssrresesrnetsnnsstrnnantenaattnndatannaetnndatennaatenae 4 1 1 Memory areas of the IM 154 8
168. fuse out using the screwdriver Take the replacement fuse from its holder and install it Close the fuse cover Install the interface module and the connection modul o ON OD Switch on the power supplies See also Order numbers of accessories Page IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 158 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Maintenance and service 8 6 Replacing the IM 154 8 CPU interface module 8 6 Replacing the IM 154 8 CPU interface module Introduction Requirements Required tools If the IM 154 8 CPU interface module is defective you can replace it Before you can replace the IM 154 8 CPU interface module you must first switch off the supply voltages 1L and 2L on the defective IM 154 8 CPU Consequence Failure of the ET 200pro station and all components connected to it DP slaves IO devices Notice PROFIBUS DP Removing the terminal module for the interface module CM IM etc The bus terminator function may fail if you shut down 1L at the first and last ET 200pro of a bus segment or remove the terminal module Caution PROFINET IO Removing the IM 154 8 CPU interface module If you switch off the 1L voltage at an ET 200pro the integrated switch will also fail This will interrupt communication with all connected peers e g IO devices or other PROFINET devices that communicate with one another via this switch Cross tip screwdriver size 2 Screwdriver with 3 mm bla
169. g hours counter 0 Time of day 1 1 1994 00 00 00 IP address None Required tools e Cross tip screwdriver size 2 e Screwdriver with 3 mm blade IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 117 Commissioning 7 4 Commissioning the modules Procedure 118 Proceed as follows to reset a IM 154 8 CPU to the as delivered state using the mode selector 1 2 Switch off the supply voltage Loosen the 4 screws on the front panel of the CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 terminal module using the cross head screwdriver 3 Remove the terminal module from the IM 154 8 CPU interface module 4 Remove the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card from the receptacle see nserting replacing a Micro Memory Care Plug the terminal module into the interface module once more and secure it with the screws Hold the mode selector switch in the MRES setting and switch the supply voltage on again 7 Wait until LED lamp image 1 from the subsequent overview is displayed 8 Release the mode selector switch set it back to MRES within 3 seconds and hold it in this position The LED lamp image 2 from the subsequent overview is displayed This lamp image lights up while the reset operation is running approximately 5 seconds During this period you can cancel the resetting procedure by releasing the mode selector 10 Wait until LED lamp image 3 from the following overview is displayed and release the
170. g the programming device to several nodes 00 0 0 ce cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseaeeeeeenaees 7 4 6 4 Connecting a programming device to ungrounded MPI nodes ccceceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeneeeeeeneees 124 7 4 7 Starting SIMA C Managen messsage nesedne er hb dwn A dents Meee 125 7 4 8 Monitoring and Modifying VOS assi e ES E E 7 5 Commissioning PROFIBUS DP sisisi ioni a a ioari ears S aa a aaa 130 7 5 1 Commissioning the PROFIBUS DP network ssssssessessssesirssesirsserrsstirrssttnnsttrrastnnnsstnnsnennnnne 7 5 2 Commissioning the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP MaStel ccccceecte cee eee cena cnsereeeeeeeenaenaeeseenees 131 7 5 3 Commissioning the IM 154 8 CPU as a DP Slave eee cececeee cence eene eter eee eeetaeeeeetaeeeetneeeee 7 5 4 Direct data Sxe hange s v0i lt cecvessseinsedestededasiieceeenisasl NEEE EEEE EENKEER EA 7 6 Commissioning PROFINET Oiaua aai aaa e e ii ee eed 143 7 6 1 Requirements for commissioning PROFINET cccccccccscscsecsseeesecrseeeeseetecnseeeenesneenseenaees 143 7 6 2 Configuring and commissioning the PROFINET IO system 8 Maintenance and service ceccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeeeaaeeeeeaaaeeeesaaeeeesaaaeesagaaeesesaaeeeenea eeseaseeeesaaeess 8 1 OVI E E EN A E A E N OE dee stdcdey biaataceceesdaceeys 8 2 Backing up firmware on a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card cccceeeeecceeesneeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeeenaeeeeeaas 8 3 Updating the Mwa E eres ied taltedeccet astern alain elsiiiaetaadal
171. ganization membership corporation PNO Homepage http www profibus com Within the framework of Totally Integrated Automation TIA PROFINET represents a consequent enhancement of e PROFIBUS DP the established field bus and e Industrial Ethernet the communication bus for the cell level Experience gained from both systems was and is being integrated into PROFINET PROFINET is an Ethernet based automation standard of PROFIBUS International previously PROFIBUS Users Organization e V and defines a multi vendor communication automation and engineering model PROFINET has been part of the standard IEC 61158 since 2003 gt PROFIBUS Internationa gt ASIC In the context of PROFINET PROFINET CBA Component based Automation is an automation concept for e Implementation of modular applications with distributed intelligence e Machine to machine communication PROFINET CBA lets you create distributed automation solutions based on default components and partial solutions This concept satisfies demands for a higher degree of modularity in the field of mechanical and systems engineering by extensive distribution of intelligent processes Component based Automation allows you to use complete technological modules as standardized components in large systems PROFINET CBA is implemented by e The PROFINET standard for programmable controllers e The SIMATIC iMAP engineering tool The components are created in an engineering too
172. ge 26 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 41 Communication 3 2 Communication services 3 2 9 2 Blocks for PROFINET IO Content of this Section This section explains the following e Which blocks are intended for PROFINET e Which blocks are intended for PROFIBUS DP e Which blocks are intended for both PROFINET IO and PROFIBUS DP Compatibility of the New Blocks For PROFINET IO it was necessary to create some new blocks among other things because larger configurations are now possible with PROFINET You can also use the new blocks with PROFIBUS Comparison of the System and Standard Functions of PROFINET IO and PROFIBUS DP For IM 154 8 CPUs with an integrated PROFINET interface the table below provides an overview of e System and standard functions for SIMATIC that you may need to replace when converting from PROFIBUS DP to PROFINET IO e New system and standard functions Table 3 5 New System and Standard Functions System and Standard Functions to be Replaced Blocks PROFINET IO PROFIBUS DP SFC 12 deactivation and Yes Yes activation of DP slaves IO devices SFC 13 read diagnostic data of No Yes a DP slave Substitute e Event related SFB 54 e State related SFB 52 SFC 58 59 write read data No Yes record in I O Substitute SFB 53 52 You should use SFB 52 53 under DPV1 belonging to a logical address SFB 52
173. ges are displayed in chronological order in the info box together with the date and time The Message text parameter relates to the entering of message texts configured for the particular error definitions Sort You also have the option of displaying the individual parameters in ascending or descending order To do this click on one of the parameters in the column header Message number Date Time of day Message text State Acknowledgement If you click Date the messages will be displayed in chronological order Incoming and outgoing events are output in the Status parameter Details for message number This info box is used to display detailed information about a message Select the message for which you are interested in the details from the info box Point to note when changing between languages You can change the language e g from German to English in the top right hand corner If you select a language that you have not configured or for which no message text was configured then the information will appear as hexadecimal code rather than in plaintext IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 59 Communication 3 3 Web Server 3 3 2 5 PROFINET PROFINET On this web page tab Parameters contains information about the integrated PROFINET interface of the IM 154 8 CPU 23 02 1994 00 24 44 am PROFINET SIMATIC CONTROLLER IP
174. gnal is issued to the outputs Delay of inputs Twice the update time for PROFINET IO or twice the DP cycle time on the PROFIBUS DP depending on whether PROFINET IO or PROFIBUS DP is being used IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 228 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Appendix A 3 Cycle and response times Calculation The longest response time is the sum of Table A 13 Formula Longest response time 2 x process image transfer time for the inputs 2 x process image transfer time for the outputs 2 x program processing time 2 x operating system processing time 4 x PROFINET IO send cycle only if PROFINET IO is used 4 x DP cycle time on PROFIBUS DP only if PROFIBUS DP is used Delay in the inputs and outputs Longest response time Equivalent to the sum of 2 x the cycle time I O delay time 4 x the PROFINET IO scan cycle or 4 x the DP cycle time on PROFIBUS DP See also Page IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 229 Appendix A 3 Cycle and response times A 3 4 Interrupt response time A 3 4 1 Overview Interrupt response time Definition of interrupt response time The interrupt response time is the time that elapses between the first occurrence of an interrupt signal and the call of the first interrupt OB instruction Generally valid Higher priority interrupts take priority This means that the interrupt response time is increased b
175. gnation CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 1x Order number 6ES7194 4AN00 0AA0 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 215 Appendix A 7 Order numbers A 1 2 Order numbers of accessories IM 154 8 CPU interface module accessories Table A 3 IM 154 8 CPU accessory order numbers Designation Order number SIMATIC Micro Memory Card 64k 6ES7953 8LF11 OAAO SIMATIC Micro Memory Card 128k 6ES7953 8LG11 OAA0O SIMATIC Micro Memory Card 512k 6ES7953 8LJ11 0AA0 SIMATIC Micro Memory Card 2M 6ES7953 8LL11 OAAO SIMATIC Micro Memory Card 4M 6ES7953 8LM11 OAA0 SIMATIC Micro Memory Card 8M 6ES7953 8LP11 OAA0 Labels 20 x 7 mm pale turquoise 3RT1900 1SB20 340 items per pack 1 pack 12 5 A fast blow replacement fuse 10 items per package 1 unit 6ES7194 4HB00 0AA0 Accessories for terminal module CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 Table A 4 Accessories for terminal module CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 order numbers Designation Order number PROFIBUS M12 connecting cable 1 5m 6XV1830 3DH15 suitable for cable carriers 2 wire 20m 6XV1830 3DH20 e connecting cable with PROFIBUS M12 connectors 3 0m 6XV1830 3DH30 180 at both ends fixed lengths 1 unit 5 0m 6XV1830 3DH50 10 0 m 6XV1830 3DN 10 15 0 m 6XV1830 3DN15 PROFIBUS M12 connecting cable 1 5m on request suitable for cable carriers 2 wire 20m on request e connecting ca
176. gs to one of the priority classes in SIMATIC S7 program processing It is generated on expiration of a time started in the user program A corresponding OB will be processed Interrupt diagnostic gt Diagnostic interrup Interrupt process gt Process interrup IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 245 Glossary Interrupt status A status interrupt can be generated by a DPV1 slave and causes OB55 to be called on the DPV1 master For detailed information on OB55 see the Reference Manual System and Standard Functions for for S7 300 400 Interrupt time of day The time of day interrupt is one of the priority classes in SIMATIC S7 program processing It is generated at a specific date or daily and time of day e g 9 50 or hourly or every minute A corresponding OB will be processed Interrupt update An update interrupt can be generated by a DPV1 slave and causes OB56 to be called on the DPV1 master For detailed information on OB56 see the Reference Manual System and Standard Functions for for S7 300 400 Interrupt vendor specific A vendor specific interrupt can be generated by a DPV1 slave and causes OB57 to be called on the DPV1 master For detailed information on OB57 see the Reference Manual System and Standard Functions for for S7 300 400 IO controller gt PROFINET O Controlle gt PROFINET IO Device gt PROFINET IO Superviso gt PROFINET 1O System
177. hat the IM 154 8 CPU can start with the new firmware You have updated your IM 154 8 CPU online with a new firmware version 154 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Maintenance and service 8 4 Backing up project data on a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card 8 4 Backing up project data on a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Function principle Using the Save project to Memory Card and Fetch project from Memory Card functions you can save all project data to a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card and retrieve these at a later time For this operation the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card can be located in a IM 154 8 CPU or in the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card adapter of a programming device or PC Project data is compressed before it is saved to a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card and uncompressed on retrieval Note In addition to project data you may also have to store your user data on the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card You should therefore first select a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card with sufficient free memory A message warns you if the memory capacity on your SIMATIC Micro Memory Card is insufficient The volume of project data to be saved corresponds with the size of the project s archive file Note For technical reasons you can only transfer the entire contents user program and project data using the Save project to memory card action IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E008
178. he Cycle and response times appendix A GD packet may be lost if these requirements are not met The reasons being e The performance of the smallest CPU in the GD circuit e Asynchronous transmitting receiving of global data at the stations When setting in STEP 7 Transmit after each CPU cycle and the IM 154 8 CPU has a short CPU cycle lt 60 ms In this case the operating system may overwrite a GD packet from the IM 154 8 CPU before it is transmitted The loss of global data is indicated in the status box of a GD circuit if you set this function in your STEP 7 configuration GD resources of the IM 154 8 CPU Table 3 3 GD resources of the IM 154 8 CPU Parameters IM 154 8 CPU Number of GD circuits per CPU Max 8 Number of GD packets transmitted per GD circuit Max 1 Number of GD packets transmitted by all GD circuits Max 8 Number of GD packets received per GD circuit Max 1 Number of GD packets received by all GD circuits Max 8 Data length per GD packet Max 22 bytes Consistency Max 22 bytes Min reduction ratio default 1 8 See also alculating the cycle time Page IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 33 Communication 3 2 Communication services 3 2 7 Routing Properties STEP 7 V 5 4 SP 1 HSP or later allows you to access your IM 154 8 CPU across all subnets with your programming device PC for example
179. he IM 154 8 CPU Operating and display elements 2 6 g SIEMENS H m1548 U PNDP sg E e ee ee BF DP e L z BF PN d MAINT ong SiMATIC 9244 ET200pro E4 CPU RUN 4 stop MAC ADD P1 O a j 6ES7 154 8AB00 0ABO x ra S GD 6ES7 194 4A N00 0AA0 Figure 2 1 IM 154 8 CPU with CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 terminal module inserted The figures show the following elements of the IM 154 8 CPU Status and error displays Mode selector switch RJ45 socket e g for connecting a programming device for servicing purposes port 3 of the PROFINET interface 7 8 circular socket with female contact insert for looping the electronic encoder supply 1L and load voltage supply 2L 7 8 circular socket with male contact insert for connecting the electronic encoder supply 1L and load voltage supply 2L M12 circular socket with female socket insert for connecting to PROFINET port 2 of the PROFINET interface M12 circular socket with female socket insert for connecting to PROFINET
180. he configuration Possible error The IM 154 8 CPU is the DP master e Failure of a connected station e Atleast one of the configured slaves cannot be accessed e Bad engineering configuration Response by the IM 154 8 CPU Call OB 86 if the IM 154 8 CPU is in RUN mode The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if OB86 is not loaded Possible remedies Check that the bus cable is connected to the IM 154 8 CPU and that the bus is not interrupted Wait until the IM 154 8 CPU has powered up If the LED does not stop flashing check the DP slaves or evaluate the diagnostic data for the DP slaves The IM 154 8 CPU is the active DP slave Possible causes e The response monitoring time has expired e Bus communication via PROFIBUS DP has been interrupted e Wrong PROFIBUS address e Bad engineering configuration Call OB 86 if the IM 154 8 CPU is in RUN mode The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if OB86 is not loaded e Check the IM 154 8 CPU e Verify that the bus connector is properly seated e Check if the bus cable to the DP master is interrupted e Check the configuration and parameter settings 176 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 4 Diagnostics using status and error LEDs Reference A detailed description of the OBs and on SFCs required for their evaluation can be found in the STEP 7 Onlin
181. he diagnostics buffer with STEP 7 4 Contact your local SIEMENS partner X This state is irrelevant for the current IM 154 8 CPU function DC 24V status indicator The DC 24V LED lights up green to indicate the presence of the 2L load voltage supply If the LED is not lit check the state of power supply or of the fuse 172 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting Maintenance information MAINT The MAINT LED lights up yellow when there is maintenance information from PROFINET available Maintenance information may indicate maintenance required or maintenance requested An alarm message is generated in addition to the LED display Reference 9 4 3 9 4 Diagnostics using status and error LEDs A detailed description of the OBs and on SFCs required for their evaluation can be found in the STEP 7 Online Help and in the S7 300 400 System and Standard Functions reference manual Evaluating the SF LED in case of software errors Table 9 4 Evaluation of the SF LED software error Possible error TOD interrupt is enabled and triggered However a matching block is not loaded Software configuration error Response by the IM 154 8 CPU Call OB 85 The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if OB 85 is not loaded Possible Remedies Load OB 10 OB number can be seen from the diagnostic buffer Start time of the enable
182. he functions you need to exchange data These functions are integrated into the IM 154 8 CPU operating system The user can utilize this service by means of System function SFC user interface Additional information e OnSFCs refer to the nstruction list A detailed description is given in the STEP 7 Online Help or System and Standard Functions for S7 300 400 reference manual e On communication are found in the Communication with SIMATIC Manual IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 31 Communication 3 2 Communication services 3 2 5 S7 communication Properties The IM 154 8 CPU can act as either a server or a client in S7 communication We distinguish between e Communication with unilateral configuration for PUT GET only e Communication with bilateral configuration for USEND URCV BSEND BRCV PUT GET The available functionality is described in the following table Table 3 2 Client and server in S7 communication using connections with unilateral bilateral configuration CPU Use in server mode for Use in server mode for Use as client connections with unilateral connections with bilateral configuration configuration IM 154 8 CPU ___ Always possible at the Possible at the PN Possible at the PN MPI DP PN interface interface with loadable interface with loadable without programming the FBs FBs user interface The user interface is implemented u
183. he hardware cccccccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeesenaeeeseeneess 7 2 2 Procedure Commissioning the software cece ceeereeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeseeeeeeteneeeeeseeeeeeseeaeeeteeaeees 7 3 COMMISSIONING CHECK MSU sesse aea candace dgccaus deeds cud satectd maadedenagledeanscceenviaes cawcareanes 7 4 Commissioning the modules cccccccccce cess cneeesecneeceeeececnaeeseeececaeeesnesnecnsecaceeseaeeeneaee 110 7 4 1 Inserting Replacing a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card uesssseessesiesesirsserrreserrssrrrssrrrsrrrrssreens 7 4 2 Initial POWE OM veiessin ieie iaa adaa aaaea a Eea a aN A Aaa Ea SEAE 7 4 3 Resetting the IM 154 8 CPU memory using the mode selector 7 4 4 Formatting the SIMATIC Micro Memory Catd cccccceceseeceeeeseceeeeseeeeeeeeneeeeeseneaeesennaeeeteenaees 7 4 5 Resetting to the as delivered state ccccceccceseceecceuseeeceeeeeeceeeeeneceeeeneseeueeeceeeennseeecebeedeeenerenesee IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Table of contents 7 4 6 Connecting the programming device PG ccccceeceesceeeeeteceeeeseaececeeeseeeeeeaeeeseaeessaeeseneeeenees 120 7 4 6 1 Connecting a programming device PC to the integrated PROFINET interface of the IM 154 8 CPW meien ater aaa dieser Aiea ete eee ate A ARA 120 7 4 6 2 Connecting the programming device to a NOE eeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeeseeeaeeseeaeeeteeatees 122 7 4 6 3 Connectin
184. he table below shows the times that an IM 154 8 CPU needs to update the process image process image transfer time The specified times may be extended as a result of interrupts or IM 154 8 CPU communication The process image transfer time is calculated as follows Table A 6 Formula for calculating the process image PI transfer time The transfer time of the process image is calculated as follows Base load K Number of bytes in the PI for ET 200pro I Os A Number of words in the PI via PROFIBUS DP D Number of words in the PI via PROFINET P Transfer time for the process image Table A 7 Data for calculating the process image PI transfer time Const Components IM 154 8 CPU C Base load 100 us A Per byte in the PO for centralized ET 200pro I Os 78 us D Per word in the DP area for the integrated DP 5 us PROFIBUS DP only interface P per WORD in the PROFINET area for the 7 us PROFINET only integrated PROFINET interface IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 223 Appendix A 3 Cycle and response times Extending the user program processing time In addition to actually working through the user program your IM 154 8 CPU s operating system also runs a number of processes in parallel such as timer management for the core operating system These processes extend the processing time of the user program The table below lists the multipli
185. ic addresses are specified in your configuration If you do not specify any diagnostic addresses S7EP 7 assigns these addresses in descending order starting from the highest byte address 7 6 2 Configuring and commissioning the PROFINET IO system Overview There are several ways to start commissioning the PROFINET IO interface of the IM 154 8 CPU and then the PROFINET IO system e Online via the MPI DP interface e Online via the PN interface e Offline by saving the data to a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card in SIMATIC Manager on your programming device and then inserting the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card into the IM 154 8 CPU IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 143 Commissioning 7 6 Commissioning PROFINET IO Commissioning a PROFINET IO system via MPI DP ET 200S lO Device Code Meaning 144 Connect the programming device to the integrated MPI DP interface of your IM 154 8 CPU using a preassembled cable The following components can be used for the cable e Bus connector 6ES7972 0BA50 0XAQ e PROFIBUS FC trailing cable 6XV1830 3EH10 e PROFIBUS DP M12 plug connector socket insert 6G6K1905 OEB00 Switch on the terminating resistor in the bus connector on the programming device side Terminating resistor male insert 6GK1905 0EC00 Connect the integrated PROFINET IO interface of the IM 154
186. ication Call OB 87 The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if OB 87 is not loaded Check global data communication in STEP 7 f required correct the DB size Tip e You can use SFC 39 to disable all interrupts and asynchronous error events e You can set the times in the cyclic interrupt OB32 and OB35 starting from 1 ms Note The shorter the selected cyclic interrupt period the more likely it is that cyclic interrupt errors will occur You must take into account the operating system times of the IM 154 8 CPU the user program runtime and extension of the cycle time by active programming device functions for example Reference A detailed description of the OBs and on SFCs required for their evaluation can be found in the STEP 7 Online Help and in the S7 300 400 System and Standard Functions reference manual IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 174 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 4 Diagnostics using status and error LEDs 9 4 4 Evaluating the SF LED in case of hardware errors Table 9 5 Evaluating the SF LED hardware error Possible error A centralized I O module was removed or inserted while the system was in RUN mode Response by the IM 154 8 CPU Call OB 83 The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if OB 83 is not loaded If more than one module is removed the IM 154 8 CPU always STOPs Possible Remedies Load OB 83 A distributed modu
187. ication partner within local S7 station e SFC 74 cancel an existing connection to a communication partner within local S7 station e SFC 103 determine the bus topology in a DP master system Comparison of the Organization Blocks of PROFINET IO and PROFIBUS DP Here there are changes in OB 83 and OB 86 as shown in the following table Table 3 7 OBs in PROFINET IO and PROFIBUS DP Blocks PROFINET IO PROFIBUS DP OB 83 New error information The removal and insertion of removal and insertion of modules during operation modules during operation is signaled by slaves added using a GSD file by means of a diagnostic interrupt in other words OB 82 In the case of S7 slaves a swapping interrupt causes a CPU stop to be reported and OB 86 to be called OB 86 CPU stop New error information Unchanged Detailed Information For detailed descriptions of the individual blocks refer to the System and Standard Functions for S7 300 400 manual IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 43 Communication 3 2 Communication services 3 2 9 3 Open communication via Industrial Ethernet Requirement Functionality STEP 7 5 4 or later Service Pack 1 HSP The IM 154 8 CPU with integrated PROFINET interface supports open communication functionality via Industrial Ethernet abbreviated to open E communication The following services are available for open IE
188. ied state A memory reset using the mode selector requires a number of steps to be carried out in a set order IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Reference e IM 154 8 CPU operating modes STEP 7 Online Help e Information about an IM 154 8 Memory reset See the Resetting the IM 154 8 CPU using the mode selector section e Evaluation of the LEDs for errors or diagnostics See the Diagnostics using status and error LEDs section See also Inserting Replacing a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Page 110 20 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Operating and display elements 2 2 Status and error displays on the IM 154 8 CPU 2 2 Status and error displays on the IM 154 8 CPU General status and error displays Table 2 2 General status and error displays on the IM 154 8 CPU LED designation Color Meaning SF Red Group fault for hardware or software error MAINT Yellow Maintenance information ON Green Electronic module encoder supply 1L for IM 154 8 CPU DC 24V Green Load voltage supply 2L for IM 154 8 CPU FRCE Yellow LED is lit Active force job LED flashes at 2 Hz Node flash test function RUN Green IM 154 8 CPU set to RUN The LED flashes during STARTUP at a rate of 2 Hz and in HOLD state at 0 5 Hz STOP Yellow IM 154 8 CPU set to STOP or HOLD or STARTUP The LED flashes at 0 5 Hz when the CPU requests a memory reset and during the reset at 2 Hz Status and error dis
189. ig then select PLC gt Ethernet gt Assign Device Name to assign the corresponding device names Note The IM 154 8 CPU can only assign the IP address automatically and thus communicate correctly with the IO device if you have assigned a device name to the IO device If the configuration of the IO devices you downloaded to the IM 154 8 CPU actually corresponds to their physical configuration on the subnet then the IO devices will be addressed by the IM 154 8 CPU and the BF LED will stop flashing on both the IM 154 8 CPU and the IO device You can then switch the IM 154 8 CPU to RUN provided there are no other conditions preventing startup and the IM 154 8 CPU and IO devices will exchange data read inputs write outputs for example Result You have used STEP 7to configure the PROFINET interface of your IM 154 8 CPU and the PROFINET IO system The IM 154 8 CPU can now be reached by other nodes on your Industrial Ethernet subnet Reference Detailed Information e About assigning addresses to the PROFINET IO interface and e Setting the properties of the PROFINET IO interface and the individual ports can be found in the STEP 7 online help and the PROFINET System Description IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 148 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 6 Commissioning PROFINET IO Starting up the IM 154 8 CPU as an IO controller During startup the IM 154 8 CPU checks the preset configurat
190. ing the modules 7 4 6 2 Connecting the programming device to a node Requirement The programming device must be equipped with an integrated MPI interface or an MPI card in order to connect it via MPI Connecting a programming device PC to the integrated MPI interface of the IM 154 8 CPU 1 Connect the programming device to the MPI interface of your IM 154 8 CPU using a preassembled cable The following components can be used for the cable Bus connector 6ES7972 0BA50 0XA0 PROFIBUS FC trailing cable 6XV1830 3EH10 PROFIBUS DP M12 plug connector socket insert 6GK1905 OEB00 The figure below illustrates the connection between the programming device and the IM 154 8 CPU The figure illustrates the following PROFIBUS bus cable Switch on the terminating resistor in the bus connector on the programming device side Terminating resistor male insert 6GK1905 0EC00 Procedure for PROFIBUS DP The procedure is essentially the same if the IM 154 8 CPU interface is set to PROFIBUS DP mode IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 122 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 4 Commissioning the modules 7 4 6 3 Connecting the programming device to several nodes Requirement The programming device must have an integrated MPI interface or an MPI card in order to connect it to an MPI Connecting the programming device to several nodes 1
191. integrated PROFINET as follows e We have implemented communication between field devices in SIMATIC with PROFINET IO e In SIMATIC communication between controllers as components in distributed systems is implemented with PROFINET CBA Component based Automation e Installation engineering and network components are available in SIMATIC NET e Established IT standards from the Office environment e g SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol for network parameter assignment and diagnosis are used for remote maintenance and network diagnostics Documentation from PROFIBUS International on the Internet At the website of PROFIBUS International previously PROFIB er Organization PNO you will find numerous documents on the topic of PROFINET http www profinet com Additional information can be found at http www siemens com profinet What is PROFINET 10 Within the framework of PROFINET PROFINET IO is a communication concept for the implementation of modular distributed applications PROFINET IO allows you to create automation solutions which are familiar to you from PROFIBUS This means that you have the same application view in STEP 7 regardless of whether you are configuring PROFINET or PROFIBUS devices IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 38 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 2 Communication services What is PROFINET CBA Component Based Automation Within the framework of PROFINE
192. ion against the actual configuration e Of the local I O e Of the distributed I O on the PROFIBUS DP system and e The PROFINET IO system The IM 154 8 CPU startup depends on the COY configuration settings made on the Startup tab Table 7 14 Starting up the IM 1548 CPU as an IO controller Preset Actual Preset Actual configuration configuration Startup permitted if Preset Startup not permitted if Preset configuration is not the same as configuration is not the same as the Actual configuration the Actual configuration IM 154 8 CPU switches to IM 154 8 CPU switches to RUN IM 154 8 CPU does not start up RUN After POWER ON and after the parameter monitoring time has elapsed the IM 154 8 CPU switches to RUN The flashing BF PN LED indicates that at least one IO device cannot be addressed In this case check that all IO devices are switched on and correspond to the set configuration For additional information read the diagnostics buffer in STEP 7 Detecting interruptions in the data transfer to the IO device The following table shows how the IM 154 8 CPU recognizes interruptions in the transfer of data Table 7 15 Event recognition by the IM 154 8 CPU as an IO controller Event What happens in the IO controller IM 154 8 CPU set to RUN IM 154 8 CPU in STOP mode Bus interruption short circuit e Call to OB 86 with the e The event is written to the connector removed message Station failur
193. ion are almost always a result of faults or damage to the hardware Type of error Errors that the IM 154 8 CPU can recognize and to which you can respond with organization blocks OBs can be split into the following categories e Synchronous error Errors you can relate to a specific point in the user program error when accessing an I O module for example e Asynchronous error Errors you can not relate to a specific point in the user program cycle time exceeded module error for example IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 166 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 3 Debugging functions Troubleshooting Programming with foresight and above all knowledge and proper handling of diagnostic tools puts you into an advantageous position in error situations e You can reduce the effects of errors e It makes it easier for you to locate errors by programming error OBs for example e You can limit downtimes Diagnostics with LED display The SIMATIC hardware of the distributed I Os offers diagnostics with LEDs These LEDs are implemented in three colors LED color State of the IM 154 8 CPU Green Regular operation Example Power is on Yellow Non regular operating status Example Forcing is active Red Fault Example Bus error LED flashing Special event Example Memory reset The LEDs for the PROFINET interface ports are
194. is operation within a cycle Boot program Writes the process output image to the modules Reads the inputs from the modules and updates the data in the process input Cycle time image Executes the the user program OB 1 and all the blocks called in it IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Memory concept 4 1 Memory areas and retentive address areas Variable process image Local data In STEP 7 you can set the size of the I O process image to any value from 0 to 2048 bytes for the IM 154 8 CPU Note the information below Note Currently the dynamic setting of the process image only affects its update at the scan cycle control point That is the process input image is only updated up to the set PII size with the corresponding values of the peripheral input modules existing within this address area or the values of the process output image up to the set POI size are written to the peripheral output modules existing within this address area This set size of the process image is ignored with respect to the STEP 7commands used to access the process image for example U 1100 0 L IW200 Q20 0 T AD150 or the corresponding indirect addressing commands However up to the maximum size of the process image that is up to I O byte 2047 these commands do not return any synchronous access errors but rather access the permanently available internal memory area of th
195. issioning procedure Software Activity e Switch on the e Download the program to the IM 154 8 CPU configuration and the Remarks Information can be found in the STEP 7Programming programming device and Manual run SIMATIC Manager Debugging the I Os Helpful functions are here e inthe STEP 7 e Monitoring and modifying variables Programming Manual e Testing with program status e inthe Alarm error and system messages section e Forcing e Controlling the outputs in STOP mode PO enable Tip Test the signals at the inputs and outputs Commissioning in the Commissioning PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS DP section Commissioning PROFINET e inthe Commissioning IO PROFINET O section e inthe System Description PROFINET Connect the outputs Commissioning the outputs successively A Danger Proceed step by step Do not go to the next step unless you have completed the previous one without error error message Reaction to errors Reference See also 108 React to errors as follows e Check the system with the help of the check list in the chapter below e Check the LED displays on all modules The meaning is described in the E7 200pro Distributed I O Device operating instructions e f required remove individual components to trace the error Important notes can also be found in the Debugging Functions Diagnostics and Troubleshooting section Procedure Commissioning
196. ith IM 154 8 CPU Connecting a grounded PG to the MPI You want to operate with ungrounded nodes If the MPI at the programming device is grounded you must interconnect the nodes and the programming device with an RS485 repeater You must connect the ungrounded nodes to bus segment 2 if the programming device is connected to bus segment 1 terminals A1 B1 or to the programming device OP interface refer to section 9 of the S7 300 Automation System Module Data manual The figure below shows an RS485 repeater as the interface between a grounded and an ungrounded node of an MPI subnet Bus segment 1 grounded signals Bus segment 2 ungrounded signals The figure illustrates the following Bus connector e g 6E S7972 0BA50 0XA0 Switch on the terminating resistor in the bus connector Switch on the terminating resistor in the repeater for both bus segments PROFIBUS DP M12 plug connector male insert 6GK1905 OEA00 Terminating resistor socket insert 6GK1905 0ED00 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 124 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 4 Commissioning the modules 7 4 7 Starting SIMATIC Manager Introduction SIMATIC Manager is a GUI for online offline editing of S7 objects projects user programs blocks hardware stations and tools The SIMATIC Manager lets you e Manage projects and libraries e Call STEP 7 tools e
197. l that can differ from vendor to vendor Components of SIMATIC devices are created for example with STEP 7 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Glossary PROFINET components A PROFINET component encompasses the entire data of the hardware configuration the parameters of the modules and the corresponding user program The PROFINET component is comprised of e Technological function The optional technological software function includes the interface to other PROFINET components in the form of configurable inputs and outputs e Device The device is the representation of the physical automation device or field device including the IO devices sensors actuators mechanics and device firmware PROFINET device A PROFINET device always has at least one Industrial Ethernet port A PROFINET device can also have a PROFIBUS port as a master with proxy functionality Devs PROFINET IO Within the framework of PROFINET PROFINET IO is a communication concept for the implementation of modular distributed applications PROFINET IO allows you to create automation solutions which are familiar to you from PROFIBUS PROFINET IO is based both on the PROFINET standard for programmable controllers and on the STEP 7 engineering tool This means that you have the same application view in STEP 7 regardless of whether you are configuring PROFINET or PROFIBUS devices Programming your user p
198. le 9 16 Table 9 17 Table 9 18 Table 9 19 Table 9 20 Table 9 21 Table 10 1 Table A 1 Table A 2 Table A 3 Table A 4 Table A 5 Table A 6 Table A 7 Table A 8 Table A 9 Table A 10 Table A 11 Table A 12 Table A 13 Table A 14 Table A 15 12 BF LED flashes with a PROFINET 10 device 0 cccceceeeccee cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeecaaeeeeeeeetecstaeeeeess 178 Event recognition for the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP master c ccccceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeseseeaeeeeees 183 Evaluating RUN to STOP transitions of the DP slave in the DP mastet sceeee 183 Reading out diagnostic data in the master system using STEP 5 and STEP 7 eee Event recognition for the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP Slave ceccccecceceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeseeeseaeeeeees 189 Evaluating RUNSTOP transitions in the DP master DP Slave cccccssesecceeeeeeeeesteeeeeees 189 Structure of station status 1 byte 0 eect ee neee renner erent teen ee eet e eee tdeee setae eeeennaeeeereea 192 Structure of station status 2 Byte 1 eccceeeeceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaaeeeceeeseaeesaeeesaaeeeaeeseeesaeenenees 192 Structure of station status 3 Byte 2 ecccccceseceeececeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeaaececeeeseaeesaeeesaaeseeeseeeesaeesenees 193 Structure of the Master PROFIBUS address byte 3 0 0 ecceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaes 193 Structure of the manufacturer ID byte 4 and 5 0 eee cecccecececeeeceeee cence ceeeeeseaeeesae
199. le CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 Technical specifications Technical specifications Dimensions and weights Dimensions W x H x D mm 90 x 130 x 51 Weight approx 565 g Currents Feed current e Electronic encoder supply 1L max 8A e Load voltage supply 2L max 8 A Note Maximum permissible load on the internal power busbars of the ET 200pro e for1L 5A e for 2L 10A Example of splitting the incoming power 8 A is fed in at the terminal module on the IM 154 8 CPU for the electronic encoder supply 1L e 5A passes via the internal busbar for the electronic encoder supply 1L e This leaves 3 A for looping through to the electronic encoder supply 1L 2 Pi P2 5 A internal busbars IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 213 Technical specifications 10 3 Terminal module CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 214 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Appendix A 1 Order numbers A 1 1 Module order numbers IM 154 8 CPU interface module Table A 1 IM 154 8 CPU order numbers Designation IM 154 8 CPU interface module with terminating module 1x Order number 6ES7154 8AB00 0ABO The SIMATIC Micro Memory Card is not supplied as standard Connection module Table A 2 Terminal module order numbers Desi
200. le was removed from or inserted on the PROFIBUS DP while the system was in RUN mode Call OB 86 The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if OB 86 is not loaded If the module was integrated using a GSD file Call OB82 The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if OB 82 is not loaded Load OB86 or OB82 A distributed module was removed or inserted on PROFINET IO while the system was in RUN Call OB 83 The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if OB 83 is not loaded OB 86 is also called when one or more modules of an ET 200S lO device are removed or inserted while the system is in RUN The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if OB 86 is not loaded Load OB 83 and OB 86 An I O module with diagnostic capability reports a diagnostic interrupt Call OB 82 The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if OB 82 is not loaded Response to the diagnostic event which depends on the parameter assignments for the I O module Attempt to access a missing or faulty I O module Loose connector software or hardware error Call of OB85 if access was attempted during update of the process image OB 85 call must be enabled accordingly in the parameters Call OB 122 for direct I O access The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if the OB is not loaded Load OB 85 or OB 122 The start information of the OB contains the address of the relevant I O module Replace the relevant I O module fix the connector or eliminate the program error SIMATIC Micro Memory Card is faulty The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs an
201. llel circuits that is via electrical or fiber optic conductors Bus connector Physical connection between the bus node and the bus cable Bus node This is a device that can send receive or amplify data via the bus It can be a DP master DP slave RS 485 repeater active star coupler etc Bus segment A bus segment is a self contained section of a serial bus system Bus segments are linked to one another using repeaters in PROFIBUS DP for example Chassis ground Chassis ground includes all the interconnected inactive parts of equipment that must not carry a hazardous voltage even in the event of a fault IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 236 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Glossary Clock memory CM CM IM Code block Memory bit which can be used to generate clock pulses in the user program 1 memory byte Note Make sure that the clock memory byte is not overwritten in the user program Connection Module Connection module Connection module for an interface module Those modules are mounted onto the interface modules They are used to connect PROFIBUS DP PROFINET the electronics encoder 1L supply and the load voltage supply 2L A SIMATIC S7 logic block contains elements of the S7EP 7 user program in contrast to a DB this contains only data Component based automation Compression Configuration Consistent data gt PROFINET CBA The programming device online function
202. lly resets the memory and remains in STOP mode regardless of the position of the mode selector The IM 154 8 CPU can then be switched to RUN once more using the mode selector If the IM 154 8 CPU stays in STOP you can view the cause of error in STEP 7 see the STEP 7 user manual Inserting Replacing a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Page 110 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and 9 troubleshooting 9 1 Overview This chapter helps you to get acquainted with tools you can use to carry out the following tasks e Hardware software error diagnostics e Elimination of hardware software errors e Testing the hardware software for example during commissioning Note It would go beyond the scope of this manual to provide detailed descriptions of all the tools you can use for diagnostics testing and troubleshooting functions Further notes are found in the relevant hardware software manuals IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 161 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 2 Identification and maintenance data of the IM 154 8 CPU 9 2 Identification and maintenance data of the IM 154 8 CPU Definition and properties Identification and maintenance data I amp M are data that are stored in a module for assisting you in e Checking the system configuration e Locating hardware changes in a
203. lock content is identical to the content of the last download to the IM 154 8 CPU Dynamic DBs form the exception because their actual values are transferred Uploading blocks or the user program from the IM 154 8 CPU in STEP 7 does not affect the memory assignment of the IM 154 8 CPU 4 2 3 3 Deleting blocks When you delete a block it is deleted from load memory In STEP 7 you can also delete blocks with the user program DBs also with SFC 23 DEL_DB RAM used by this block is released IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 83 Memory concept 4 2 Memory functions 4 2 3 4 Compressing blocks When data are compressed gaps which have developed between memory objects in load memory RAM as a result of load delete operations will be eliminated This releases free memory in a continuous block Data compression is possible when the IM 154 8 CPU is in RUN or STOP mode 4 2 3 5 Promming RAM to ROM When writing the RAM content to ROM the actual values of the DBs are transferred from RAM to load memory to form the start values for the DBs Note This function is only permitted when the IM 154 8 CPU is in STOP mode Load memory is cleared if the function could not be completed due to power loss 4 2 4 CPU memory reset and restart Memory reset After inserting or removing a Micro Memory Card a complete memory reset restores the IM 154 8 CPU to defined conditions in order to make
204. m automation service amp support 8 3 Updating the firmware 8 3 2 Firmware update using a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Table 8 2 Firmware update using a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Step 1 Action required Recommendation Before you update the firmware on your IM 154 8 CPU you should create a backup copy of the old firmware on an empty SIMATIC Micro Memory Card If problems occur during the update you can simply reload your old firmware from the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card This is what happens on the IM 154 8 CPU Transfer the update files to a blank SIMATIC Micro Memory Card using STEP 7and your programming device Switch the IM 154 8 CPU off at the power supply detach and remove the terminal module Insert the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card containing the firmware update Plug in the terminal module and screw in place Switch on power 1L The IM 154 8 CPU automatically detects the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card with the firmware update and runs the update All LEDs are lit during firmware update The STOP LED flashes when the firmware update is complete to indicate that the IM 154 8 CPU requires a memory reset Switch the IM 154 8 CPU off at the power supply detach and remove the terminal module Remove the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card containing the firmware update IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 153 Maintenance and service 8
205. m to copy the data record of a current recipe from the DB in load memory to a static DB that is located in work memory As a result the RAM only has to accommodate the data of one record The user program can now access data of the current recipe The figure below shows how to handle recipe data Load memory SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Work memory IM 154 8 CPU Recipe 1 SFC 83 READ_DBL 3 gt Current Recipe 2 Recipe Recipe n Saving a modified recipe e The data of new or modified recipe data records generated during program execution can be written to load memory To do this call SFC 84 WRIT_DBL in the user program The data written to load memory are portable and retentive on Memory reset You can backup modified records recipes by uploading and saving these in a single block to the programming device PC Note Active system functions SFC82 to 84 active access to the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card have a distinct influence on programming device functions for example block status variable status download block upload open This typically reduces performance compared to passive system functions by a factor of 10 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 85 Memory concept 4 2 Memory functions Note To prevent data losses do not exceed this maximum of delete write operations 4 2 6 Measured value log files
206. me of the S7 connections onnection resources for routing Page 69 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 65 Communication 3 4 S7 connections 3 4 2 Assignment of S7 connections There are several ways to allocate S7 connections on a communication capable module e Reservation during configuration e Assigning connections in the program e Allocating connections during commissioning testing and diagnostics routines e Allocating connection resources to HMI services Reservation during configuration One connection resource each is automatically reserved on the IM 154 8 CPU for Programming device and OP communication Whenever you need more connection resources for example when connecting several OPs configure this increase in the IM 154 8 CPU properties dialog box in STEP 7 Connections must also be configured using Ne Pro for the use of S7 communication For this purpose connection resources have to be available which are not allocated to programming device OP or other connections The required S7 connections are then permanently allocated for S7 communication when the configuration is uploaded to the IM 154 8 CPU Assigning connections in the program In S7 basic communication and in open Industrial Ethernet communication with TCP IP the user program establishes the connection The IM 154 8 CPU operating system initiates the connection S7 basic communication uses the correspondi
207. memory are portable and retentive on Memory reset Evaluation of measured values e Measured value DBs saved to load memory can be uploaded and evaluated by other communication partners programming device PC for example Note Active system functions SFC82 to 84 active access to the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card have a distinct influence on PG functions for example block status variable status download block upload open This typically reduces performance compared to passive system functions by a factor of 10 Note With the IM 154 8 CPU you can also generate non retentive DBs using SFC 82 parameter ATTRIB gt NON_RETAIN bit Note To prevent data losses do not exceed this maximum of delete write operations IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 87 Memory concept 4 2 Memory functions 4 2 7 Backup of project data to SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Function principle 88 Using the Save project to Memory Card and Fetch project from Memory Card functions you can save all project data to a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card and retrieve these at a later time For this operation the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card can be located in the IM 154 8 CPU or in the programming adapter of a programming device or PC Project data is compressed before it is saved to a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card and uncompressed on retrieval Note In addition to project data you may also
208. missioning 7 5 Commissioning PROFIBUS DP Starting up IM 154 8 CPU as the DP master During startup the IM 154 8 CPU checks the configured preset configuration of its DP master system against the actual configuration If the preset configuration the actual configuration the IM 154 8 CPU switches to RUN mode If the preset configuration the actual configuration the configuration of parameter Startup if preset configuration actual configuration determines the startup behavior of the IM 154 8 CPU Startup when the preset configuration actual Startup when the preset configuration actual configuration Yes default setting configuration no IM 154 8 CPU switches to RUN The IM 154 8 CPU remains in STOP mode and BUSF LED flashes if any of the DP slaves the BUSF LED flashes after the set Monitoring cannot be addressed time for transfer of parameters to modules The flashing BUSF LED indicates that at least one DP slave cannot be addressed In this case check that all the DP slaves are switched on and correspond with your configuration or read out the diagnostic buffer with STEP 7 Recognizing the operating state of DP slaves Event recognition The table below shows how the IM 154 8 CPU acting as a DP master recognizes operating mode transitions of a CPU acting as a DP slave or any interruption of the data exchange Table 7 10 Event recognition for the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP master Event
209. n The system status lists and data records for PROFINET diagnostics are described in the programming manual IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 199 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 7 Basics of diagnostics in PROFINET IO IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 200 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Technical specifications 1 0 10 1 General technical data Reference The IM 154 8 CPU interface module conforms to the standards and test values that apply to the ET 200pro distributed I O device Detailed information on the general technical data can be found in the ET 200pro Distributed I O Device operating instructions Differences The IM 154 8 CPU interface module 6ES7154 8AB00 0ABO can be used at 25 C to 55 C indoor use only IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 201 Technical specitications 10 2 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 10 2 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 10 2 1 Block diagram The figure below shows the block diagram for the IM 154 8 CPU interface module with the CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 terminal module Bus 2L module r d 2M 1L I E Backplane E E E ee eee vir eee eae ee ey SS aes bus Z sen SF BF DP BF PN MAINT ON FRCE RUN STOP Pi PA gt eho oeh eh eh eh e e e Ph e A Load l l l l l l l l l monitoring l i
210. n the load voltage supply 2L fails or returns If OB 82 is not loaded the IM 154 8 CPU STOPs In addition to this diagnostic information you can also read diagnostic data record 1 in the user program using SFB 52 RDREC specifying the diagnostic address of the integrated power module The structure of this diagnostic data record is described below IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 179 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 5 Diagnostics for the integrated power module Structure of the diagnostic data record 1 Note The first 4 bytes correspond to diagnostic data record 0 which is also saved in the start info of OB 82 for example Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7 Byte 8 Byte 9 Byte 10 Byte 11 Figure 9 2 180 ojo oje 1 0 o p ojo 0 1 Bit No Module error detected Internal module fault External fault Channel error io 25 24 i 0 0 0 1 _ Module class in module Bit No 1101 for the integrated power module Channel information available always 1 Y 0 ojojojojojojojo i 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Oj 0 7 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 0 oleng e oa KR w a N u es i o o
211. n SFCs refer to the nstruction list A detailed description is given in the STEP 7 Online Help or System and Standard Functions for S7 300 400 reference manual IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 2 Communication services 3 2 8 Data consistency Properties A data area is consistent if it can be read or written to from the operating system as a consistent block Data exchanged collectively between the stations should belong together and originate from a single processing cycle that is be consistent If the user program contains a programmed communication function for example access to shared data with X SEND XRCV access to that data area can be coordinated by means of the BUSY parameter itself With PUT GET functions For S7 communication functions such as PUT GET or write read via OP communication which do not require a block in the user program on the IM 154 8 CPU acting as a server allowances must be made in the program for the extent of the data consistency The PUT GET functions for S7 communication or for reading writing variables via OP communication are executed at the IM 154 8 CPU s cycle control point In order to ensure a defined process interrupt reaction time communication variables are copied consistently in blocks of up to 64 bytes to from the user memory at the operating system s cycle control point Data consistency is not guaranteed for larger d
212. n service requires no S7 connection resources PROFIBUS DP This communication service requires no S7 connection resources PROFINET CBA This communication service requires no S7 connection resources PROFINET IO This communication service requires no S7 connection resources Web Server This communication service requires no S7 connection resources Open communication by means of TCP IP This communication service requires no S7 connection resources Open communication by means of ISO on Independently of the S7 connections a total of 8 own resources are available TCP for connections or local access points UDP for TCP IP ISO on TCP UDP Open communication by means of UDP SNMP This communication service requires no S7 connection resources IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 68 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication Availability of connection resources 3 4 S7 connections Table 3 9 Availability of connection resources CPU Total number Reserved for Free connection Programming OP S7 basic S7 connections resources device communication communication communication IM 154 8 CPU 16 1to15 1to15 0 to 14 Displays all non default 1 default 1 default 0 reserved S7 connections as free connections Note If you are using the IM 154 8 CPU you can configure up to 14 connection resources for S7 communication in NetPro These connections are then reserved 3 4 4 Conn
213. nal information about the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card can be found in the 7echnica Data section of the S7 300 CPU 31xC and CPU 31x manual See also Resetting the IM 154 8 CPU memory using the mode selector Page 113 7 4 2 Initial power on Requirements e You must have installed and wired up the ET 200pro e The SIMATIC Micro Memory Card is inserted in the IM 154 8 CPU e Your IM 154 8 CPU s mode selector switch must be set to STOP Switching on an ET 200pro with IM 154 8 CPU for the first time Switch on the 1L and 2L power supplies for the ET 200pro Result On the IM 154 8 CPU e The ON LED lights up e The DC 24V LED lights up e The STOP LED flashes at 2 Hz when the IM 154 8 CPU carries out an automatic memory reset e The STOP LED lights up after the memory reset IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 112 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 4 3 When should I reset the IM 154 8 CPU memory 7 4 Commissioning the modules Resetting the IM 154 8 CPU memory using the mode selector You should reset the IM 154 8 CPU memory e When all retentive memory bits timers and counters have been cleared and the initial values of retentive data blocks in the load memory are to be used as actual values in the work memory e lf the retentive memory bits timers and counters could cause unwanted responses after Load user program onto memory card with the user program just downloaded to the IM 154 8 CPU
214. nd e Output addresses for modules within the range 0 to 2047 with byte level granularity independently of one another Assign the addresses in STEP 7 Specify the module start address that forms the basis for all other addresses of the module User oriented addressing A rc 0 127 2047 PP Y Process image default setting Figure 6 4 Structure of the address area for user oriented addressing Note If you are using PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET IO field devices then you must always configure the hardware in STEP 7 HW Config User oriented addressing of modules is used automatically and there is no fixed slot addressing IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 101 Addressing 6 2 Addressing on PROFIBUS DP Advantage Advantages of user oriented addressing e You can make the best possible use of the available address spaces because there are o address gaps between the modules e When creating standard software you can specify addresses that are independent of the configuration of the ET 200pro station 6 2 Addressing on PROFIBUS DP Overview The relevant DP slaves must first be brought into service on the PROFIBUS DP before the distributed I Os can be addressed from the user program During this commissioning process e PROFIBUS addresses are assigned to the slaves e Address ranges are assigned to the input output modules or slots so that they can be add
215. nd diagnostics for example e Cost effective connection to devices in remote difficult to access environments IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Glossary Instance data block The STEP 7 user program assigns an automatically generated DB to every call of a function block The instance data block stores the values of input output and in out parameters as well as local block data Intelligent DP slave One feature of an intelligent DP slave is that input output data is not made available to the DP master directly from an actual input output of the DP slave Rather it is provided by a CPU that preprocesses the data in this case the IM 154 8 CPU interface module Interface MPI capable gt MPI Internal lightning protection Shielding of buildings rooms or devices Corresponds with lightning protection zone 1 2 or 3 Interrupt The operating system of an S7 CPU can distinguish between different priority classes that control how the user program is executed These priority classes include interrupts e g process interrupts When an interrupt is triggered the operating system automatically calls an assigned OB In this OB the user can program the desired response e g in an FB Interrupt cyclic interrupt A cyclic interrupt is generated periodically by the CPU in a configurable time pattern A corresponding OB will be processed Interrupt delay The delay interrupt belon
216. nectors for connecting and routing the connecting leads e Connection to PROFINET via PROFINET interface with integrated switch and 3 ports Ports 1 and 2 M12 circular socket Port 3 RJ45 primarily for connecting a programming device Integrating the IM 154 8 CPU into ET 200pro The IM 154 8 CPU interface module is integrated into the ET 200S in the same way as any other module In other words its configuration concept installation and expansion capability are the same Information on this topic can be found in the ET 200pro Distributed I O Device Operating Instructions How do configure and program the ET 200pro with IM 154 8 CPU To configure ET 200pro with IM 154 8 CPU configuration and parameter assignment and to program the IM 154 8 CPU you will need the STEP 7 project design software V5 4 ServicePack 1 HSP or later The procedure for configuring the ET 200pro with IM 154 8 CPU is described in the Commissioning section of these operating instructions The nstruction list contains the STEP 7 instruction set for programming the IM 154 8 CPU IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 14 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Description Constraints on using ET 200pro modules 1 1 What is the IM 154 8 CPU interface module Note To configure an ET 200pro with IM 154 8 CPU you will need the relevant HSPs for STEP 7 V5 4 SP 1 The specified versions or later must be used A detailed list is given in the
217. ng S7 connections The open IE communication does not use any S7 connections The maximum number of eight connections also applies to this type of communication Using connections for commissioning testing and diagnostics An active online function on the engineering station programming device PC with STEP 7 assigns S7 connections for programming device communication e An S7 connection resource for programming device communication which was reserved in your IM 154 8 CPU hardware configuration is assigned to the engineering station that is it only needs to be allocated e If all reserved S7 connection resources for programming device communication are allocated the operating system automatically assigns a free S7 connection resource which has not yet been reserved If no more connection resources are available the engineering station cannot communicate online with the IM 154 8 CPU IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 66 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 4 S7 connections Allocating connection resources to HMI services An online function on the HMI station OP TP with WinCC is used for assigning S7 connection resources for the OP communication e An S7 connection resource for OP communication which was reserved in your IM 154 8 CPU hardware configuration is assigned to the HMI station i e it only needs to be allocated e Ifall reserved S7 connection resources for OP communication are allocated
218. ng is significantly more time consuming There are two ways to do this e Program a shell around the FB that makes an adjustment so that the FB can be used with the IM 154 8 CPU e Reprogram the FB We recommend you reprogram the FB because this is easier than programming a shell Additional information See also the STEP 7 Online Help IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 233 Appendix A 4 Porting a user program IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 234 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Glossary Accumulator Address Analog modules Application ASIC Accumulators represent CPU register and are used as buffer memory for download transfer comparison calculation and conversion operations An address is the identifier of a specific address or address area Examples Input 12 1 Memory Word MW 25 Data Block DB 3 Analog modules convert analog process values for example temperature into digital values that can be processed by the CPU or convert digital values into analog manipulated variables An application is a program that runs directly on the MS DOS Windows operating system Applications on the programming device include for example the STEP 7 basic package S7 GRAPH and others gt User progra ASIC is the acronym for Application Specific Integrated Circuits PROFINET ASICs are components with a wide range of functions for the development
219. nodes on PROFINET You can integrate existing PROFIBUS systems into PROFINET communication for example with the help of an IE PB link or an IM 154 8 CPU The IE PB link then IM 154 8 CPU handles communication over PROFINET as a substitute for the PROFIBUS components gt PROFINET device Publisher The publisher is a sender in the direct data exchange gt Direct data exchange RAM RAM Random Access Memory is a semiconductor read write memory IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 254 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Glossary Real Time Reduction ratio Real time means that a system processes external events within a defined time Determinism means that a system reacts in a predictable deterministic manner In industrial networks both these requirements are important PROFINET meets these requirements PROFINET is implemented as a deterministic real time network as follows e The transfer of time critical data between different stations over a network within a defined interval is guaranteed To achieve this PROFINET provides an optimized communication channel for real time communication Real Time RT e An exact prediction of the time at which the data transfer takes place is possible e This ensures that unimpeded communication can take place via other standard protocols in the same network e g industrial communication for the programming device PC Real Tine The reduction rate determines the send
220. not yet ready to exchange data e Wait for the slave to complete power up 2 1 The configuration data sent to the DP slave from the DP e Was the software set for the correct station type master does not match the configuration of the DP slave or DP slave configuration 3 1 Diagnostic interrupt generated by a RUN to STOP e You can read the diagnostic data transition on the IM 154 8 CPU or by SFB 75 0 Diagnostic interrupt generated by a STOP to RUN transition on the IM 154 8 CPU or by SFB 75 4 1 Function is not supported e g changing the DP address e Check configuration data via software 5 0 The bit is always 0 e 1 DP slave type does not correspond to the software e Was the software set for the right station type configuration parameter assignment error 7 1 DP slave was configured by a different DP master not by e The bit is always 1 for example if you access the DP master that currently has access to the DP slave the DP slave with the programming device or another DP master The DP address of the parameter assignment master is in the master PROFIBUS address diagnostic byte Station status 2 Table 9 18 Structure of station status 2 Byte 1 Bit Meaning 0 1 The DP slave must be assigned new parameters and reconfigured 1 1 A diagnostic message is pending The DP slave cannot resume operation until the error has been cleared static diagnostic message
221. ns 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 89 Installing and connecting 5 7 Installing the IM 154 8 CPU interface module and terminal module Procedure See also 90 Snap fit the IM 154 8 CPU interface module onto the rack then slide it into the correct position if necessary Screw the IM 154 8 CPU interface module onto the rack 2 recessed head screws on the front top and bottom tightening torque 1 5 N m Insert a blank SIMATIC Micro Memory Card or one with the correct user program into the slot See the nserting changing the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card section for additional information 4 Plug the CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 terminal module into the IM 154 8 CPU 5 Screw the terminal module onto the rack 4 recessed head screws on the front 1 5 Nm torque Install the I O modules electronic modules and any power modules and motor starters See the ET 200pro Distributed O Device operating instructions and the ET 200pro Motor Starter manual for information Install the terminating module see the ET 200pro Distributed I O Device operating instructions Inserting Replacing a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Page 110 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Installing and connecting 5 2 Connect the IM 154 8 CPU interface module to the CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 terminal module 5 2 Connect the IM 154 8 CPU interface module to the CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 terminal module In
222. nstalling and connecting 5 3 Connect the IM 154 8 CPU interface module to the RJ45 socket Closing unused sockets Always close all unused sockets using M12 and 7 8 caps in order to achieve degree of protection IP65 IP66 or IP67 5 3 Connect the IM 154 8 CPU interface module to the RJ45 socket Introduction You can connect a programming device for example at the RJ45 socket of the IM 154 8 CPU interface module The PROFINET interface is equipped with an internal switch that allows PROFINET nodes to be connected directly C i gt SIMATIC ET 200pro CPU X02 P3 RJ45 socket for connecting to PROFINET Requirements e The IM 154 8 CPU interface module including the bus module and the CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 terminal module have been installed on the rack e The supply voltages are connected to the terminal module Required tools e Screwdriver e Stripping tool for wiring the RJ45 connector if you are making up your own cables e 32mm open ended wrench Accessories required e Patch cable with RJ45 connector The cable is available in different lengths e To make up your own cable 4 wire shielded bus cable and RJ45 connector IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 94 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Installing and connecting 5 4 Terminating the PROFIBUS DP network with terminating resistor Pin assignme
223. nt of the RJ45 connector View of the RJ 45 socket Terminal Assignment RD Receive Data RD_N Receive Data TD Transmit Data Ground Shield Ground TD_N Transmit Data Ground COINID ATR JIO INJ gt Ground Connect the RJ45 connector 1 Remove the screw cap from the IM 154 8 CPU interface module 2 Plug the RJ45 connector into the socket of the interface module Note Ensuring degree of protection IP65 IP66 and IP67 after removing the RJ45 connector Replace the screw cap in the interface module to ensure degree of protection IP65 IP66 and IP67 torque 1 to 1 5 Nm 5 4 Terminating the PROFIBUS DP network with terminating resistor Introduction An ET 200pro with an IM 154 8 CPU at the start middle or end of the subnet can be used on the PROFIBUS DP This gives you much flexibility in adding the ET 200pro to your automation environment If you add the IM 154 8 CPU at the start or end of a PROFIBUS DP subnet you will have to terminate it with a bus termination connector terminating resistor Note Different bus termination connectors for the start and end of the PROFIBUS DP subnet For the start of a PROFIBUS DP subnet you will need a bus termination connector with socket insert while you will need a bus termination connector with male insert for the end Note this difference when you order the bus termination connector The order numbers can be
224. nterface module can only be used with the load memory inserted SIMATIC micro memory card e The PROFIBUS DP address and the IP address for PROFINET are stored on the SIMATIC micro memory card e The IM 154 8 CPU is connected to the supply voltages PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET via a terminal module e The interface module can be enhanced with up to 16 I O modules from the ET 200pro range e The IM 154 8 CPU has an integrated power module for the load voltage supply 2L for the connected ET 200pro modules This means that an external power module is not essential if you want to add an ET 200pro e The interface module has a mode selector with positions for RUN STOP and MRES IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 13 Description 1 1 What is the IM 154 8 CPU interface module e There are 11 LEDs on the front of the interface module to indicate the following ET 200S faults SF Bus faults BF DP BF PN Available maintenance information MAINT Supply voltage for electronic components ON Load voltage supply DC 24V Force requests FRCE Operating mode of the IM 154 8 CPU RUN and STOP Connection status at ports 1 and 2 of the PROFINET interface P1 P2 e There are 2 separate status LEDs LINK RX TX integrated at port 3 of the PROFINET interface e Connection to PROFIBUS DP or MPI via a combined MPI DP interface RS 485 with 2 M12 circular socket con
225. nterrupt OB processing time must be added to this extended time The times required for multiple nested interrupt error OBs are added accordingly IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 224 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Appendix A 3 Cycle and response times A 3 3 Response time A 3 3 1 Overview Response time Definition of response time The response time is the time between the detection of an input signal and the change of a linked output signal Fluctuation width The physical response time lies between the shortest and the longest response time You must always reckon with the longest response time when configuring your system The shortest and longest response times are shown below to give you an idea of the fluctuation width of the response time Factors The response time depends on the cycle time and following factors Reference Delay in the I O module inputs and outputs Additional send cycles for PROFINET IO Additional DP cycle times on PROFIBUS DP Execution in the user program The delay times are described in the technical data for the I O modules E7 200pro Distributed I O Device operating instructions Update Time for PROFINET IO If you configured your PROFINET IO system in STEP 7 STEP 7 calculates the send cycle for PROFINET IO You can then view the PROFINET IO send cycles on your PG IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 225 Appendix A 3
226. ntive address areas AN Caution All temporary variables TEMP of an OB and its nested blocks are stored in local data When using complex nesting levels for block processing you may cause an overflow in the local data area The IM 154 8 CPU will change to STOP mode if the permissible length of the local data for a priority class is exceeded Make allowances for local data space required for synchronous error OBs This is assigned to the respective triggering priority class See also Retentivity of load memory system memory and RAM Page 74 4 1 5 Properties of the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card The SIMATIC Micro Memory Card as a memory module for the IM 154 8 CPU The memory module used in your IM 154 8 CPU is a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card It can be used as load memory or as a portable storage medium Note The IM 154 8 CPU requires the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card for operation The following data are stored on the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card 80 User programs all blocks Archives and recipes Configuration data STEP 7 projects Data for operating system update and backup Note You can either store user and configuration data or the operating system on the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Memory concept 4 1 Memory areas and retentive address areas Properties of a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card The SIMATIC Micro Memory Card ensures m
227. nto account If more than one degree of danger is present the warning notice representing the highest degree of danger will be used A notice warning of injury to persons with a safety alert symbol may also include a warning relating to property damage Qualified Personnel The device system may only be set up and used in conjunction with this documentation Commissioning and operation of a device system may only be performed by qualified personnel Within the context of the safety notes in this documentation qualified persons are defined as persons who are authorized to commission ground and label devices systems and circuits in accordance with established safety practices and standards Prescribed Usage Note the following AN Warning This device may only be used for the applications described in the catalog or the technical description and only in connection with devices or components from other manufacturers which have been approved or recommended by Siemens Correct reliable operation of the product requires proper transport storage positioning and assembly as well as careful operation and maintenance Trademarks All names identified by are registered trademarks of the Siemens AG The remaining trademarks in this publication may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owner Disclaimer of Liability We have reviewed the contents of this publication to ensure con
228. ntroduction The IM 154 8 CPU has an RJ45 socket for connecting a programming device for commissioning and maintenance Requirement e IM 154 8 CPU with integrated PROFINET interface e Programming device PC with network card Required tools 32 mm open ended wrench Connecting a programming device PC to the integrated PROFINET interface of the IM 154 8 CPU 1 Remove the screw cap from the IM 154 8 CPU interface module 2 Connect the programming device PC to the X02 P3 interface of the IM 154 8 CPU using a pre assembled uncrossed twisted pair cable PG PC Of course a programming device can also be connected and used at the other two ports of the PROFINET interface Using a cable with M12 connector IP65 Using an external switch IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 120 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 4 Commissioning the modules Result You connected the programming device PC to the integrated PROFINET interface of the IM 154 8 CPU Reference e For information on PROFINET refer to the PROFINET System Description e For information on passive network components such as switches refer to the S MATIC NET manual Twisted Pair and Fiber Optic Networks See also onfiguring and commissioning the PROFINET IO system Page 143 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 121 Commissioning 7 4 Commission
229. o configure the integral PROFINET interface of the IM 154 8 CPU are given in the Connecting a programming device PC to the integrated PROFINET interface of the IM 154 8 CPU and Commissioning PROFINET O sections e For additional information on PROFINET refer to PROF NET System Description e Extensive information on the subject of Ethernet networks network configuration and network components can be found in the S MATIC NET Twisted Pair and Fiber Optic Networks manual ttp Awww siemens PERN E E entry ID 8763736 e Component Based Automation Commissioning Systems Tutorial entry ID 18403908 e Additional information about PROFINET at http www profinet com Connecting a programming device PC to the integrated PROFINET interface of the IM 154 8 CPU onfiguring and commissioning the PROFINET IO system Page 143 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 2 3 2 1 Communication services Selecting the communication service 3 2 Communication services Overview of communication services You need to decide on a communication service based on functionality requirements Your choice of communication service will have no effect on e The functionality available e Whether an S7 connection is required or not e The time of connecting The user interface can vary considerably SFC SFB and is also determined by the hardware used IM 154 8 CPU PC
230. of your own devices They implement the requirements of the PROFINET standard in a circuit and allow extremely high packing densities and performance Because PROFINET is an open standard SIMATIC NET offers PROFINET ASICs for the development of your old devices under the name ERTEC Automation system An automation system is a programmable logic controller in the context of SIMATIC S7 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 235 Glossary Autonegotiation Configuration protocol in the Fast Ethernet Before the actual data transfer the devices on the network agree a transfer mode that each participating device can master 100 Mbps or 10 Mbps full duplex or half duplex Backplane bus Serial data bus used by the interface module to communicate with electronic modules and to supply power to these The various modules are interconnected via bus modules Backup memory Backup memory ensures buffering of the memory areas of a CPU without backup battery It backs up a configurable number of timers counters bit memory data bytes and retentive timers counters bit memory and data bytes Baud rate Data transfer rate in bps Bit memory Bit memory are part of the CPU s system memory They store intermediate results of calculations They can be accessed in bit word or dword operations Bus A bus is a communication medium connecting several nodes Data can be transferred via serial or para
231. oked up via the SNMP This information allows a network management system to determine the network topology Integration in STEP 7 Configuration of the OPC server is integrated into STEP 7HW Config Stations that have already been configured in the S7EP 7 project can be transferred directly As an alternative to STEP 7 the configuration can also be run with the NCM PC included on the SIMATIC NET CD or can be determined automatically and transferred to the project configuration No STEP 7 connection is needed for network management with the SNMP protocol Use of SNMP in the SIMATIC NET environment SNMP compliant devices from the SIMATIC NET family can be monitored and operated via a conventional standard Internet browser The management system known as web based management offers a range of device specific information network statistics status of redundant supply for example Diagnostics with the SIMATIC NET SNMP OPC server The SNMP OPC server software provides diagnostics and parameter assignments for all SNMP devices The OPC server uses the SNMP protocol to exchange data with these devices All information can be integrated into OPC compatible systems into the WinCC HMI system for example This enables process and network diagnostics to be combined in the HMI system IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 170 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 4 Diagnostics using s
232. on interval in order to synchronize other stations on the connected MPI subnet If you set the time on the IM 154 8 CPU using a programming device or SFC then the time synchronization is started immediately As the time slave the IM 154 8 CPU receives synchronization message frames from another time master and accepts this time as its own internal time In addition to time synchronization at the MPI DP interface there is also time synchronization at the PROFINET interface The IM 154 8 CPU may only be the time slave at one of these interfaces At the PN interface it can only acts as a time client functionality is the same as that of a time slave at the MPI DP interface Example The IM 154 8 CPU is time synchronized by a time server over NTP via the PN interface The IM 154 8 CPU can then only be used as a time master at the MPI interface Devices capable of MPI communication 24 e Programming device PC e OP TP e 7 300 S7 400 with MPI interface e 7 200 19 2 kbps only IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 7 Interfaces 3 1 2 PROFIBUS DP Availability The IM 154 8 CPU interface module has a combined MPI DP interface with 2 M12 circular sockets for connecting and routing the connecting leads The MPI DP interface is always configured as an MPI interface when supplied You will have to convert it to DP mode in STEP 7if you want to use the DP interface Pr
233. on is available from your network administrator Note The worldwide unique MAC address is preset by the manufacturer and cannot be changed 8 If you setup a connection via router you must also enter the address of the router This information is also available from your network administrator 9 Click OK to close the properties dialog box IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 6 Commissioning PROFINET lO Step Activity Configuring the PROFINET IO system 10 Insert the IO devices at the PROFINET IO system for example an IM 151 3 PN ET 200S under PROFINET IO then configure the slots and set their parameters using drag and drop with reference to the physical layout 11 Select Edit gt Object properties to assign device names and numbers to the IO devices 12 If you are running PROFINET IO and PROFINET CBA in parallel open the Properties dialog for the PROFINET IO system e Check the Use this module for PROFINET CBA communication check box and e Modify the Communication portion PROFINET IO parameter e g change the communication portion of PROFINET IO to 87 5 Properties PN IO RO S2 2 13 Save your configuration with Station gt Save and compile IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 147 Commissioning 7 6 Commissioning PROFINET IO Step Activity Configura
234. ontain up to 500 messages Select an interval for the buffer entries from the list box Each interval contains 100 entries Note that for performance reasons it is always the last 10 buffer entries that are displayed in RUN mode IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 56 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 3 Web Server Events The Events info box contains the diagnostic events with the date and time Details This box contains detailed information about the selected event Select the event from the Events info box Configuration Configuration involves the following steps 1 Select the Object Properties dialog box from the context menu of the relevant IM 154 8 CPU 2 Select the Web tab and check the Activate web server on this module check box 3 Select up to two languages to be used to display plaintext messages 4 Save and compile the project and download it to the IM 154 8 CPU Point to note when changing between languages You can change the language e g from German to English in the top right hand corner If you select a language that you have not configured then the information will appear as hexadecimal code rather than in plaintext IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 57 Communication 3 3 Web Server 3 3 2 4 Messages Messages The browser displays the content of the message buffer on the Messages web page You
235. operties The PROFIBUS DP interface is mainly used to connect distributed I Os PROFIBUS DP allows you to create large subnets for example You can configure the PROFIBUS DP interface as master or slave It allows a transmission rate of up to 12 Mbps The IM 154 8 CPU broadcasts its bus parameters such as the baud rate to the PROFIBUS DP interface when it is used as the master A programming device for example can thus receive the correct parameters and automatically connect to a PROFIBUS subnet In your configuration you can specify to disable bus parameter broadcasting Note For DP interface in slave mode only If you have unchecked the Test commissioning routing check box in the DP interface properties dialog in S7EP 7 the baud rate you set will be ignored and the baud rate of the master will be automatically set instead This disables the routing function at this interface Time synchronization using PROFIBUS Time synchronization is possible if the MPI DP interface is programmed as a DP interface on the IM 154 8 CPU The IM 154 8 CPU may act as the time master with suitably programmed synchronization interval or time slave This is set in HW Config The default setting is no time synchronization As the time master the IM 154 8 CPU sends synchronization message frames to the DP interface at the set synchronization interval in order to synchronize other stations on the connected PROFIBUS DP subnet If you set the tim
236. or 1 to 254 byte data consistency on the PROFINET IO The address area of consistent data in the process image is automatically updated To read and write consistent data you can also use SFC 14 DPRD_DAT and SFC 15 DPWR_DAT If the address area of consistent data is not in the process image you must use SFC 14 and SFC 15 to read and write consistent data The length in the SFC must tally with the length of the programmed area when accessing areas with Total length consistency Direct access to consistent areas is also possible e g L PEW or T PAW In a PROFINET IO system you can transfer up to 254 bytes of consistent data See also onfiguring and commissioning the PROFINET IO system Page 143 ser oriented addressing of the I O Modules Page 101 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 103 Addressing 6 3 Addressing on PROFINET IO IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 104 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning T 7 1 Overview This section contains important notes on commissioning which you should strictly observe in order to avoid injury or damage to machines Note Your commissioning phase is determined primarily by your application so we can only offer you general information without claiming completeness of this topic Reference Note the information about commissioning provided in the descriptions of your system components and devices
237. or target project Note Project data can generate high data traffic Especially in RUN mode with read write access to the IM 154 8 CPU this can lead to waiting periods of several minutes When you assign more than one member of your service and maintenance department to perform maintenance tasks on a SIMATIC PLC it may prove difficult to provide quick access to current configuration data to each staff member However IM 154 8 CPU configuration data available locally on any IM 154 8 CPU that is to be serviced can be accessed by any member of the service department They can edit this data and then release the updated version to all other personnel IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Maintenance and service 8 5 Replacing the fuse in the IM 154 8 CPU interface module 8 5 Replacing the fuse in the IM 154 8 CPU interface module Introduction Requirements Required tools The IM 154 8 CPU has replaceable fuses to protect the ET 200pro The bus module of the IM 154 8 CPU interface module contains fuses for the electronic encoder supply 1L and load voltage supply 2L glass tube fuse 5x20 type 194 12 5 A fast blow and a replacement fuse The figure below shows the fuses in the bus module of the interface module J O Ou i Ls I T f Ra H Tn a I i I ES E T _ 7
238. or use in SIMATIC S5 or third party systems It is assigned in the master system using the configuration tool specific to that master system Note Assign addresses from the peripheral address area of the IM 154 8 CPU to the transfer memory You must not reassign addresses already assigned to the transfer memory to other I O modules If you use an IM 308 C as the DP master and the IM 154 8 CPU as a DP slave the following applies to the exchange of consistent data You must program FB192 in the S5 controller with IM 308 C to allow data to be exchanged consistently between the DP master and DP slave With FB 192 the data from the IM 154 8 CPU is only output or read out in a consistent block IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 5 Commissioning PROFIBUS DP Transfer of user in STOP mode The user data in the transfer memory is handled differently according to whether it is the DP master or the DP slave IM 154 8 CPU that is in STOP mode e The IM 154 8 CPU switches to STOP The data in the IM 154 8 CPU s transfer memories outputs only from the slave s viewpoint is overwritten with 0 i e the DP master or a recipient in the direct data exchange reads 0 e The DP master switches to STOP The current data in the IM 154 8 CPU s transfer memory inputs in the slave outputs in the master is retained and can be read in the user program on the IM 154 8 CPU
239. or you wish to monitor If you enter an invalid address it is displayed in red Display format Select the required display format for the variable from this drop down list box If the variable cannot be displayed in the required display format it will be displayed in hexadecimal code Value This displays the value of the operand in the selected format Point to note when changing between languages You can change the language e g from German to English in the top right hand corner Please note that the mnemonic for German differs from that for the other languages This means that the operand that you entered may have the wrong syntax when you change between languages For example ABxy rather than QBxy Incorrect syntax is displayed in red in the browser IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 62 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 3 Web Server 3 3 2 7 Variable tables Variable tables The browser displays the content of the variable tables on the web page of the same name You can monitor up to 200 variables with each variable table 00 22 25 am 05 01 1994 Variable tables fa Q Name Address Test_DB Bitd DB4 DBx 0 0 Test_DB Bitt DB4 DBXx 0 1 Test_DB Bitt DB4 DBx 0 1 Test_DB Bit2 DB4 DBX 0 2 SIMATIC CONTROLLER Value 2 0 liaise 0 Biaise Eise Baise Biaise Hise O A Test_DB Bit3 DB4 DBX 0 3 Test_DB Bit4 DB4 DBX 0 4 Test_DB Bit5
240. our web compliant IM 154 8 CPU against unauthorized access by means of a firewall Screen content refresh status and printing The web server screen display contains static information As is normally the case on web pages you have to refresh the screen contents yourself On the other hand any print outs will always show the current information for the IM 154 8 CPU It is therefore possible for the information on a print out to be more current than the display on your screen Filter settings have no effect on the print out which always contains the entire content of the message buffer See also anguage settings Page IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 50 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 3 Web Server 3 3 1 Language settings Introduction The web server provide information in the following languages e German Germany e English United States e French France e Italian Italy e Spanish traditional sorting What you need to display texts in different languages You must make two language settings in S7EP 7 so that the web server displays the various languages correctly e Set the language for display devices in SIMATIC Manager e Set the language for the Web in the IM 154 8 CPU Properties dialog Set the language for display devices in SIMATIC Manager Select the language for display devices in SIMATIC Manager Options gt Language for display devices Add Delete Language Set Defaul
241. parameter IP Address 192 168 3 217 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 Default router IP settings IP address received via configuration letwork connection MAC address 08 00 06 90 39 67 Name pn io 08 00 06 90 39 67 Physical properties Portnumber Link status Settings Mode 1 disconnected automatic 10 MBit s half duplex 2 disconnected automatic 10 MBit s halfduplex 3 OK automatic 100 MBit s half duplex Figure 3 9 Parameters of the integrated PROFINET Interface Network connection Here you will find information that will help you to identify the integrated PROFINET interface of the IM 154 8 CPU IP parameters Information about the configured IP address and number of the subnet containing the IM 154 8 CPU Physical properties The following information is available in the Physical properties info box e Port number e Link status e Settings e Mode IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 60 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 3 Web Server Note Update data The data that you see in the HTML browser is not automatically updated You can display the current data by regularly refreshing the display in the HTML browser Update button The Statistics tab contains information about the quality of the data transmission 11 14 16 am 19 12 2006 PROFINET SIMATIC CONTROLLER Sent data packages G Sent without errors 8
242. perating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 183 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 6 Diagnostics on the PROFIBUS DP 9 6 2 Diagnosing the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP slave The slave diagnostic data is compliant with EN 50170 Volume 2 PROFIBUS Depending on the DP master diagnostic information can be read out for all DP slaves that comply with the standard using S7EP 7 Diagnostic addresses for the receiving station with direct data exchange For direct data exchange you assign a diagnostic address in the receiving station IM 154 8 CPU as the sender IM 154 8 CPU as the recipient PROFIBUS Diagnostic address Figure 9 3 PROFIBUS DP diagnostics address In this figure you see that assign a diagnostic address to the receiving station in your configuration The receiving station receives information about the status of the transmitting station or about a bus interruption by means of this diagnostic address IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 184 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting Reading out the diagnostic data The table below shows you how the various DP master systems can read diagnostic information from a slave Table 9 14 9 6 Diagnostics on the PROFIBUS DP Reading out diagnostic data in the master system using STEP 5 and STEP 7 Automation system with DP master SIMATIC S7 M7 Block or tab in STEP 7 DP slave diagnostics
243. place the affected I O module or eliminate the program error IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 173 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 4 Diagnostics using status and error LEDs Possible error The cycle time was exceeded Probably too many interrupt OBs called simultaneously Response by the IM 154 8 CPU Call OB 80 The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if OB 80 is not loaded The IM 154 8 CPU switches to STOP even though OB 80 is loaded if twice the cycle time was exceeded without the cycle time being triggered again Possible Remedies Extending the cycle time STEP 7 Hardware configuration changing the program structure To correct or avoid error If necessary retrigger cycle time monitoring by calling SFC 43 Programming error e Block not loaded e Wrong block number e Wrong timer counter number e Read write access to wrong area e etc Call OB 121 The IM 154 8 CPU STOPSs if OB 121 is not loaded Eliminate the programming error The STEP 7testing function helps you to locate the error I O access errors An error has occurred when I O module data was accessed Call OB122 The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if OB 122 is not loaded Check the I O module addressing in HW Config and identify whether a I O module DP slave has failed Global data communication error e g insufficient length of the DB for global data commun
244. plays for the bus interfaces Table 2 3 Status and error displays for the bus interfaces on the IM 154 8 CPU LED designation Color Meaning BF DP Red Bus fault on the PROFIBUS DP BF PN Red Bus fault on the PROFINET P1 Green Connection at port 1 is active Yellow Receiving Transmitting data at port 1 P2 Green Connection at port 2 is active Yellow Receiving Transmitting data at port 2 LEDs at port 3 of Green Connection at port 3 is active the PROFINET Yellow Receiving transmitting data at port 3 interface 1 1On the IM 154 8 CPU these are located directly on the RJ45 socket LEDs are not labeled Reference e IM 154 8 CPU operating modes STEP 7 Online Help e Information about an IM 154 8 Memory reset See the Resetting the IM 154 8 CPU using the mode selector section e Evaluation of the LEDs for errors or diagnostics See the Diagnostics using status and error LEDs section IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 21 Operating and display elements 2 2 Status and error displays on the IM 154 8 CPU IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 22 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication 3 3 1 3 1 1 Availability Properties Interfaces Multi Point Interface MPI The IM 154 8 CPU interface module has a combined MPI DP interface with 2 M12 circular sockets for connecting and routing the connecting leads This in
245. ports the address of the corresponding connection description to the user program for example P DB100 DBX0 0 byte 64 Data blocks for the configuration the local UDP communication access point To assign parameters for the local communication access point create a DB containing the data structure from the UDT 65 TCON_PAR This data structure contains the required parameters you need to establish the connection between the user program and the communication level of the operating system The CONNECT parameter of the FB 65 TCON contains a reference to the address of the corresponding connection description e g P DB100 DBX0 0 Byte 64 Note Setting up the connection description UDT 65 You must enter the interface to be used for communication in the local_device_id parameter in UDT 65 TCON_PAR e g B 16 02 Communication via the integrated PN interface of the IM 154 8 CPU IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 45 Communication 3 2 Communication services Establishing a connection for communication Disconnecting Use with TCP and ISO on TCP Both communication partners call FB 65 TCON to establish the connection In your connection configuration you define which communication partner activates the connection and which communication partner responds to the request with a passive connection To determine the number of possible connections refer to your IM 154 8 CPU s
246. possible To correct or avoid error See the table below Flashes Error at the PROFINET interface for example due to CPU stop in one or more IO devices To correct or avoid error See the table below Does not light up No error at the PROFINET interface 1 The BF PN LED only lights up if a PROFINET IO system is configured If the BF PN LEDs do not light up because the PROFINET interface is not used for example then the PROFINET IO system must be separated or deleted from the configuration in HW Config IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 177 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 4 Diagnostics using status and error LEDs Remedy for errors at the PROFINET interface BF PN LED lights up Table 9 9 BF PN LED lights up Possible error e Bus fault no cable connection to a subnet switch e Wrong transmission speed e Full duplex mode not set Response with reference to an IM 154 8 CPU Call OB 86 if the IM 154 8 CPU is in RUN mode The IM 154 8 CPU STOPs if OB86 is not loaded Possible remedies Check the bus cable for a short circuit or break Check whether the IM 154 8 CPU is connected to a switch and not to a hub Check that data are being transmitted at 100 Mbps and in full duplex mode Analyze the diagnostic data Edit the configuration Remedy for errors at the PROFINET interface of an IO controller BF PN
247. puts preset 128 Number of process image partitions 1 Digital channels e Inputs 16384 e Outputs 16384 e Inputs central 128 e Outputs central 128 Analog channels e Inputs 1024 e Outputs 1024 e Inputs central 64 e Outputs central 64 Removal Rack 1 I O modules per ET 200pro Max 16 Station width lt 1m Current carrying capacity e for electronic encoder supply 1L Max 5A e for load voltage supply 2L Max 8A Time of day Clock Yes hardware clock e Factory setting DT 1994 01 01 00 00 00 e Buffered Yes e Buffered period Typically 6 weeks at an ambient temperature of 40 C e Behavior of the clock on expiration of the The clock keeps running continuing at the time buffered period of day it had when power was switched off e Behavior of the realtime clock after POWER The clock continues running after POWER OFF ON e Accuracy Deviation per day lt 10s IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 205 Technical specifications 10 2 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 206 Technical data Operating hours counter 1 e Number 0 e Value range 231 hours if SFC 101 is used e Granularity 1 hour e Retentive Yes must be manually restarted after every restart Time synchronization Yes e On MPI Time of day master time of day slave e on PROFIBUS DP e If the IM 154 8 CPU is used as a DP master Time of day master time of day slave e Ifthe I
248. r IM 154 8 CPU you require the following versions of STEP 7 V5 4 Service Pack 1 HSP0116 or later At the ports for e MPI PROFIBUS the MPI PROFIBUS addresses have been configured The terminating resistors on the segments are enabled e PROFINET The integrated PROFINET interface of IM 154 8 CPU has been configured in STEP 7 IP address and device name set in HW Config the IM 154 8 CPU has been connected to the subnet Note Please observe the procedure for commissioning the hardware Hardware support packages HSP required To configure an ET 200pro with IM 154 8 CPU you will need STEP 7V5 4 SP 1 HSP0116 and the HSPs listed in the Constraints on using ET 200pro modules table in the Description section Notice Install all the HSPs listed in the specified table to ensure that the ET 200pro works smoothly with the IM 154 8 CPU ET 200pro modules that were configured with older HSP versions must not be copied to the rack with the IM 154 8 CPU To configure an ET 200pro with IM 154 8 CPU as PROFINET IO devices you will need STEP 7V5 4 SP 1 HSP0116 and the HSPs listed in the HSPs for ET 200S PROFINET 0 devices on an IM 154 8 CPU table in the Description section IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 107 Commissioning 7 2 Commissioning procedure Recommended procedure Software Table 7 2 Recommended comm
249. r additional information refer to the STEP 7 Online Help or to the Configuring Hardware and Connections in STEP 7 manual Reference Execution time Processing times can be found in the S7 300 Instruction List for CPUs 31xC and 31x The instruction list contains the execution times in table form for all e STEP 7instructions that can be processed by the IM 154 8 CPU e The SFCs SFBs integrated into the IM 154 8 CPU e The IEC functions that can be called in STEP 7 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 220 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Appendix A 3 Cycle and response times A 3 2 Cycle time A 3 2 1 Overview Cycle time Introduction This section explains what we mean by the term cycle time what it consists of and how you can calculate it Meaning of the term cycle time The cycle time represents the time that an operating system needs for one program pass i e one OB 1 cycle including all program sections and system activities interrupting this cycle This time is monitored Time slice model Cyclic program processing and therefore user program execution is based on time shares To clarify these processes let us assume that every time share has a length of precisely 1 ms Process image During cyclic program processing the IM 154 8 CPU requires a consistent image of the process signals To ensure this the process signals are read written prior to program execution The IM 154 8 CPU then does not a
250. r configuration When you configure the DP master assign two different diagnostic addresses for an intelligent DP slave that is one diagnostic address for slot 0 and one for slot 2 These two addresses perform the following functions e The diagnostic address for slot 0 reports in the master all events relating to the entire slave station representative for example node failure e The diagnostic address for slot 2 is used to report events concerning this slot For example if the IM 154 8 CPU is acting as an intelligent slave it returns the diagnostic interrupts for operating state transitions These diagnostic addresses are referred to as assigned to the DP master below These diagnostic addresses are used by the DP master to obtain information about the state of the DP slave or about bus interruptions Explanation of the DP slave configuration When you configure the DP slave you also assign it a diagnostic address in the associated DP slave project This diagnostic address is referred to as assigned to the DP slave below This diagnostic addresses is used by the DP slave to obtain information about the state of the DP master or bus interruptions IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting Event recognition The table below shows how the IM 154 8 CPU acting as a DP slave recognizes operating 9 6 Diagnostic
251. ram There are also various data records read using SFB 52 and system status lists read using SFC 51 provided for more detailed diagnostics Diagnostics is also possible in STEP 7 e g communication diagnostics network connection Ethernet statistics IP parameters etc IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 27 Communication 3 7 Interfaces Send clock and send cycle Reference See also 28 Acting as an IO controller the IM 154 8 CPU can work with a send clock of 250 us 500 us or 1 ms Controllers and devices can be used with a standardized send clock in a PROFINET IO subnet For devices that do not support a faster controller send clock the send clock is adapted to the capabilities of the device This may mean for example that there are devices working with both 250 us and 1 ms send clocks on an IM 154 8 CPU IO controller which works with a 250 us send clock The device send cycle can be set within a relatively large range This in turn depends on the send clock The following send cycles can be programmed with the IM 154 8 CPU Send Update Time clock 250 us gt 250 us to 128 ms 500 us gt 500 us to 256 ms 1 ms gt 1msto512ms The minimum send cycle depends on the number of devices in use the amount of configured user data and the communication portion for PROFINET 10 STEP 7 automatically considers these dependencies during configuration e Details of how t
252. re the contents of retentive DBs are always retentive at restart and POWER ON OFF Retentive data blocks can be uploaded to the work memory in accordance with the maximum limit allowed by the work memory The IM 154 8 CPU also does not support retentive DBs Non retentive DBs are initialized from the load memory with their initial values whenever a restart is performed or when the power is switched off and then on again Non retentive data blocks and code blocks can be loaded in accordance with the maximum work memory limit 128 KB of RAM can be used for retentive data blocks in the IM 154 8 CPU Properties of the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Page IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Memory concept 4 1 Memory areas and retentive address areas 4 1 3 Retentivity of memory objects Retentive behavior of the memory objects The table below shows the retentive behavior of memory objects during specific operating state transitions Table 4 1 Retentive behavior of the memory objects Memory object Operating state transition POWER OFF STOP gt RUN Memory reset POWER ON User program data load memory X X X e Retentivity of the DBs for the This can be set in the DB Properties in IM 154 8 CPU STEP 7V5 4 SP 1 HSP or later Bit memory timers and counters configured X X as retentive data Diagnostics buffers operating hour x X X counters MPI address transmission
253. receive frequency for GD packets on the basis of the CPU cycle Reference ground Ground Reference potential Restart Reference potential for the evaluation measuring of the voltages of participating circuits On CPU startup e g after is switched from STOP to RUN mode via selector switch or with POWER ON OB100 restart is initially executed prior to cyclic program execution OB1 On restart the input process image is read in and the STEP user program is executed starting at the first instruction in OB1 Retentive memory A memory area is considered retentive if its contents are retained even after a power loss and transitions from STOP to RUN The non retentive area of bit memory timers and counters is reset following a power failure and a transition from the STOP mode to the RUN mode Retentive can be the e Bit memory e S7 timers e S7 counters e Data areas IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 255 Glossary Router A router connects two subnetworks with each other A router works in a way similar to a switch With a router however it is also possible to specify which communications nodes can communicate via the router and which cannot Communication nodes on different sides of a router can only communicate with each other if you have explicitly enabled communication between the two nodes via the router Real time data cannot be replaced beyond subnetwork limits
254. remove the terminal module Insert the new SIMATIC Micro Memory Card 2 Plug in the terminal module and screw in place 3 Turn the mode selector switch to MRES position and hold it there 4 Switch supply voltage 1L on again and the STOP RUN and FRCE LEDs start hold the mode selector in the MRES flashing position until Mode selector switch to STOP Mode selector switch briefly to MRES e The IM 154 8 CPU starts to back up the position then let it return to STOP firmware on the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card e All LEDs are lit during the backup operation e The STOP LED flashes when the backup is complete to indicate that the IM 154 8 CPU requires a memory reset 7 Switch the IM 154 8 CPU off at the power supply detach and remove the terminal module Remove the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card with the backed up firmware IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Maintenance and service 8 3 Updating the firmware 8 3 1 When should you update the IM 154 8 CPU After compatible functional expansions or after an enhancement of operating system performance the firmware of the IM 154 8 CPU interface module should be upgraded updated to the latest version Where do get the latest version of the firmware You can order the latest firmware as UPD files from your Siemens partner or download it from the Siemens Internet homepage ttp www siemens co
255. ressed from the user program Slots without user data are given a diagnostic address This applies equally if the IM 154 8 CPU is itself being operated as a DP slave Additional information on commissioning the IM 154 8 CPU as a DP master or DP slave can be found in the Commissioning PROFIBUS DP section User oriented addressing of the distributed PROFIBUS I Os You must use user oriented addressing for the distributed PROFIBUS DP I Os Information can be found in the User oriented addressing of the I O modules section Addressing consistent user data areas The table below illustrates the points to consider with respect to communication in a PROFIBUS DP master system if you want to transfer I O areas with Total length consistency For 1 to 32 byte data consistency on the PROFIBUS DP The address area of consistent data in the process image is automatically updated To read and write consistent data you can also use SFC 14 DPRD_DAT and SFC 15 DPWR_DAT If the address area of consistent data is not in the process image you must use SFC 14 and SFC 15 to read and write consistent data The length in the SFC must tally with the length of the programmed area when accessing areas with Total length consistency Direct access to consistent areas is also possible e g L PEW or T PAW In a PROFIBUS DP system you can transfer up to 32 bytes of consistent data See also ommissioning the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP Te a
256. ressed module Data records 0 and 1 are especially suitable for reading diagnostic information from a diagnosable module Data record 0 contains 4 bytes of diagnostic data that indicates the current state of a module Data record 1 contains the 4 bytes of diagnostic data also stored in data record 0 plus module specific diagnostic data e Reading the start information of the current OB using SFC 6 RD_SINFO IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 3 Debugging functions Information about the error can also be found in the start information of the relevant error OB You can use SFC 6 RD_SINFO read start information to read the start information of the OB that was last called and not yet processed completely and of the startup OB that was last called e Triggering detection of the bus topology in a DP master system with SFC 103 DP_TOPOL The diagnostic repeater makes it easier to identify faulty modules or an interruption on the DP cable when a fault occurs during operation The repeater acts as a slave and is able to determine the topology of a DP segment and log faults on the basis of this topology You can use SFC103 DP_TOPOL to trigger the identification of the bus topology of a DP master system by the diagnostic repeater SFC 103 is described in the S7EP 7 online help and in the System and Standard Functions for S7 300 400 refer
257. revent damage to your ET 200pro always shut down the outputs off power before you remove any connection modules 3 Is there a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card inserted If there is press the ejector and remove the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card An ejector is located on the frame of the module receptacle to enable you to remove the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card Use a small screwdriver or ball point pen to eject 4 Insert the new SIMATIC Micro Memory Card into the receptacle so that its beveled edge points towards the ejector IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 110 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 4 Commissioning the modules 5 Gently press the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card into the IM 154 8 CPU until it clicks into place 6 Plug the terminal module into the interface module once more and secure it with the screws 7 Reset the memory see the Resetting the IM 154 8 CPU using the mode selector section Removing and inserting a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card When you change the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card the IM 154 8 CPU detects e A physically identical SIMATIC Micro Memory Card with a different content e Anew SIMATIC Micro Memory Card with the same content as the old SIMATIC Micro Memory Card It automatically performs a Memory reset after POWER ON IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 111 Commissioning 7 4 Commissioning the modules Reference Additio
258. rface Module 194 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 6 Diagnostics on the PROFIBUS DP Structure of the module status The module status reflects the status of the configured address areas and provides detailed ID specific diagnostics with respect to the configuration Module status starts with module diagnostics and consists of a maximum of 13 bytes Byte x Byte x 1 Byte x 2 Byte x 3 Byte x 4 Byte x 5 Byte x 6 Byte y 1 Figure 9 7 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module G6543 2 1 0 En y sy J Length of the module status including byte x max 13 bytes Code for device specific diagnostics 765 43 210 Bit 1 o o ofofo 1 o wv 24 Module status Code for status message Oy always 0 always 0 Slot for the IM 154 8 CPU 1 Configured address area 765 43 210 Bit ERNARTAH SAA 2 Configured address area 3 Configured address area 4 Configured address area 5 Configured address area 765 43 210 Bit EETTETNME ERA 6 Configured address area 7 Configured address area 8 Configured address area 9 Configured address area 765 43 210 Bit olo TTT r 30 Configured address area 31 Configured address area 32 Configured address area Structure of the module status for the IM 154 8 CPU Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Status type Module status Module OK
259. rogram is essentially the same for PROFINET IO and PROFIBUS DP if you use the extended blocks and system status lists for PROFINET IO PROFINET IO Controller Device via which the connected IO devices are addressed That means the IO controller exchanges input and output signals with assigned field devices The IO controller is often the controller on which the automation program runs gt PROFINET O Device gt PROFINET O Superviso gt PROFINET IO Syste PROFINET IO Device Distributed field device assigned to one of the IO controllers e g remote IO valve terminals frequency converters switches gt PROFINET 10 Controlle gt PROFINET O Superviso gt PROFINET IO Syste IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 253 Glossary PROFINET IO Supervisor PG PC or HMI device for commissioning and diagnostics z gt PROFINET IO System PROFINET IO System PROFINET IO controller with assigned PROFINET IO devices gt PROFINET IO Controlle gt PROFINET IO Device Programming device Basically speaking PGs are compact and portable PCs which are suitable for industrial applications They are identified by a special hardware and software for programmable logic controllers Proxy The PROFINET device with proxy functionality is the substitute for a PROFIBUS device on Ethernet The proxy functionality allows a PROFIBUS device to communicate not only with its master but also with all
260. roller Check whether the expected configuration matches the actual configuration Check the physical communication connection for interruption 178 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 5 Diagnostics for the integrated power module Tip Identification of the PROFINET device in the control cabinet PROFINET IO devices must be assigned a device name when they are started for the first time In STEP 7 HW Config you can make the LINK LED of the PROFINET IO device to be assigned a name flash using PLC gt Ethernet gt Assign device name This allows you for example to clearly identify the PROFINET IO device among several identical devices in a cubicle 9 5 Diagnostics for the integrated power module The IM 154 8 CPU interface module has an integrated power module for the load voltage supply 2L for the centrally connected ET 200pro modules This means that an external power module is not essential if you want to add an ET 200pro Parameterization of the diagnostics You can use the Diagnostics No load voltage parameter in HW Config to enable or disable diagnostics for the integrated power module of the IM 154 8 CPU Diagnostics is disabled by default If the IM 154 8 CPU is in RUN mode and load voltage diagnostics has been enabled then a suitable diagnostic buffer entry is generated and diagnostic interrupt OB 82 is called whe
261. rotocol makes use of the wireless UDP transport protocol It consists of two network components similar to the client server model The SNMP manager monitors the network nodes and the SNMP agents collect the various network specific information in the individual network nodes and stores it in a structured form in the MIB Management Information Base This information allows a network management system to run detailed network diagnostics A STARTUP routine is executed at the transition from STOP to RUN mode Can be triggered by means of the mode selector switch or after power on or by an operator action on the programming device The IM 154 8 CPU is restarted Engineering system Contains programming software for the creation of user programs for SIMATIC S7 controllers IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 257 Glossary Subnet mask Subnetwork Subscriber Substitute Substitute value Switch 258 The bits set in the subnet mask determine which part of the IP address contains the address of the subnet network In general e The network address is obtained by an AND operation on the IP address and subnet mask e The node address is obtained by an AND NOT operation on the IP address and subnet mask All the devices connected by switches are located in the same network called a subnet All the devices in a subnet can communicate directly with each other All devices in the s
262. s on the PROFIBUS DP state transitions or any interruption of the data exchange Table 9 15 Event recognition for the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP slave Event What happens in the DP slave Bus interruption short circuit e Calls OB86 with the message Station failure incoming event connector removed diagnostic address of the DP slave assigned to the DP slave e With I O access Calls OB 122 I O access error DP master RUN gt STOP e Calls OB82 with the message Module error incoming event diagnostic address of the DP slave assigned to the DP slave Variable OB82_MDL_STOP 1 DP master STOP gt RUN e Call of OB 82 with the message Module OK outgoing event diagnostic address of the DP slave assigned to the DP slave Variable OB82_MDL_STOP 0 Evaluation in the user program The table below shows an example of how to evaluate RUN STOP transitions of the DP master in the DP slave see also the previous table Table 9 16 Evaluating RUNSTOP transitions in the DP master DP slave In the DP master Diagnostic addresses Example Master diagnostic address 1023 Slave diagnostic address in the master system 1022 Slot 0 of slave Diagnostic address for Slot 2 1021 Slot 2 of slave In the DP slave Diagnostic addresses Example Slave diagnostic address 422 Master diagnostic address irrelevant CPU RUN gt STOP gt The IM 154 8 CPU calls OB82 with the following information
263. s that conform to standards to the data record although this can only be used for centralized I O modules e User friendly SFB for reading diagnostics Interrupt blocks with DPV1 functionality Table 3 11 Interrupt blocks with DPV1 functionality OB Functionality OB 40 Process interrupt OB 55 Status interrupt OB 56 Update interrupt OB 57 Vendor specific interrupt OB 82 Diagnostic interrupt Note You can now also use organization blocks OB40 and OB82 for DPV1 interrupts System blocks with DPV1 functionality Table 3 12 System function blocks with DPV1 functionality SFB Functionality SFB 52 Read data record from DP slave IO device or centralized I O module SFB 53 Write data record to DP slave O device or centralized I O module SFB 54 Read additional alarm information from a DP slave IO device or a centralized I O module in the relevant OB SFB 75 Set any interrupts for intelligent slaves Note You can also use SFB 52 to SFB 54 for centralized I O modules SFBs 52 to 54 can also be used for PROFINET IO If the 8 DO DC 24V 0 5A 8 DI DC 24V 16 DO DC 24V CPV10 and 16 DO DC 24V CPV14 modules are used centrally on an IM 154 8 CPU then SFB 53 cannot be used to write data records to these modules IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 71 Communication 3 5 DPV1 Reference For additional information on the
264. se the IM 154 8 CPU as a standard slave using the GSD file you must not check the Test Commissioning Routing check box in the DP Interface Properties dialog when you configure this slave CPU in STEP 7 Configuration and parameter assignment message frame STEP 7 will guide you through the process of configuring assigning parameters to the IM 154 8 CPU If you hts a description of the eee and parameter assignment frame in order to use monitor for example vou will find it on the Internet at ttp www siemens oir ailometion soricseednnon under article ID 1452338 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 135 Commissioning 7 5 Commissioning PROFIBUS DP Commissioning Commission the IM 154 8 CPU as a DP slave in the PROFIBUS subnet as follows 1 Switch on the power supply but keep the IM 154 8 CPU in STOP mode 2 Then switch on all the other DP masters slaves 3 Now switch the IM 154 8 CPU to RUN mode Starting up IM 154 8 CPU as a DP slave When the IM 154 8 CPU is switched to RUN mode two mutually independent operating mode transitions take place e The IM 154 8 CPU switches from STOP to RUN mode e The IM 154 8 CPU starts exchanging data with the DP master via the PROFIBUS DP interface Recognizing the operating states of the DP master event recognition The table below shows how the IM 154 8 CPU acting as a DP slave recognizes operating state transitions or any int
265. shing time and start the flashing test The directly connected node can be identified by a flashing FRCE LED The flashing test cannot be performed if the FORCE function is active Debugging functions of the software Monitoring and modifying variables stepping mode STEP 7 offers you the following testing functions that you can also use for diagnostics 164 Monitoring and modifying variables Can be used to monitor the current values of individual variables of a user program or an IM 154 8 CPU on the programming device PC You can also assign constant values to the variables Testing with program status You can test your program by viewing the program status of each function result of logical links status bit or the data of specific registers in real time mode If you have selected the LAD programming language to be represented in S7EP 7 the color of the symbol will indicate a closed switch or an active circuit for example Note The STEP 7testing function with program status extends the IM 154 8 CPU s cycle time STEP 7 allows you to set a maximum permitted increase in the cycle time To do this you have to set process mode in the CPU parameters in S7EP 7 Stepping mode When testing in single step mode you can process your program instructions in sequence single step and set break points This is only possible in testing mode and not in process mode IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006
266. sing standard function blocks FBs under communication blocks in the standard STEP 7 library Reference For additional information on communication refer to the Communication with SIMATIC manual 3 2 6 Global data communication via MPI only Properties Reduction ratio 32 Global data communication is used for cyclic exchange of global data via MPI subnets for example Q M between SIMATIC S7 CPUs data exchange without acknowledgement One CPU broadcasts its data to all other CPUs on the MPI subnet This function is integrated into the IM 154 8 CPU operating system The reduction ratio specifies the cyclic intervals for GD communication You can set the reduction ratio when you configure global data communication in STEP 7 For example if you set a reduction ratio of 7 global data are transferred only with every 7th cycle This reduces load on the IM 154 8 CPU IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Communication Send and receive conditions 3 2 Communication services Conditions which should be satisfied for GD communication e The transmitter of a GD packet must meet the following requirement Reduction ratiOtransmitter X cycle timMetransmitter 2 60 ms e The receiver of a GD packet must meet the following requirement Reduction ratiOreceiver X cycle timereceiver lt reduction factortransmitter X Cycle tiMetransmitter Information about the cycle time can be found in t
267. sistency with the hardware and software described Since variance cannot be precluded entirely we cannot guarantee full consistency However the information in this publication is reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections are included in subsequent editions Siemens AG A5E00860134 01 Copyright Siemens AG 2006 Automation and Drives 02 2007 Technical data subject to change Postfach 48 48 90437 N RNBERG GERMANY Preface Purpose of the operating instructions These operating instructions are intended to supplement the ET 200pro Distributed O Device operating instructions It contains a description of all the functions performed by the IM 154 8 CPU interface module The operating instructions do not include functions that relate generally to ET 200pro These can be found in the ET 200pro Distributed I O Device operating instructions The information contained in these operating instructions and the ET 200pro Distributed I O Device operating instructions allows you to commission ET 200pro with the IM 154 8 CPU interface module and to run it as a DP master or DP slave on the PROFIBUS DP or as an lO controller on the PROFINET Basic knowledge required To understand these operating instructions you should have general experience in the field of automation engineering Range of validity of these operating instructions These operating instructions apply to the IM 154 8 CPU interface module with order number 6ES7154 8AB00 0
268. ss call of OB 122 I O access error DP slave RUN gt STOP e Call of OB 82 with the message Module error incoming event diagnostic address of Slot 2 of the DP slave that is assigned to the DP master Variable OB82_MDL_STOP 1 DP slave STOP gt RUN e Call of OB 82 with the message Module OK outgoing event diagnostic address of Slot 2 of the DP slave that is assigned to the DP master Variable OB82_MDL_STOP 0 Evaluation in the user program The table below shows how you can for example evaluate RUN to STOP transitions of the DP slave in the DP master Table 9 13 Evaluating RUN to STOP transitions of the DP slave in the DP master In the DP master In the DP slave e g CPU 31x 2 DP Diagnostic addresses Example Diagnostic addresses Example Master diagnostic address 1023 Slave diagnostic address 422 Slave diagnostic address 1022 Master diagnostic address irrelevant Slot 0 of slave Diagnostic address for Slot 2 1021 Slot 2 of slave The IM 154 8 CPU calls OB 82 with the following CPU RUN gt STOP information The CPU generates a DP slave diagnostic e OB82_MDL_ADDR 1021 message frame e OB82_EV_CLASS B 16 39 incoming event e OB82_MDL_DEFECT module fault Tip The IM 154 8 CPU diagnostic buffer also contains this information In the user program you should also include SFC 13 DPNRM_DG for reading DP slave diagnostic data IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module O
269. ss area of the IM 154 8 CPU Address area IM 154 8 CPU DP address area 2048 bytes for I Os Number of those in process image Bytes 0 to 127 1 for I Os 1 For the IM 154 8 CPU you can set a maximum number of 2047 bytes for the process image The default setting is bytes 0 to 127 DP diagnostic addresses occupy 1 byte for the DP master and for each DP slave in the input address area For example at these addresses DP standard diagnostics can be called for the relevant node _LADDR parameter of SFC 13 The DP diagnostic addresses are specified in your configuration If you do not specify any DP diagnostic addresses STEP 7 assigns these DP diagnostic addresses in descending order starting at the highest byte address If there is an IM 154 8 CPU as the master assign two different diagnostic addresses for S7 slaves e Diagnostic address of the slave address for slot 0 At this address all slave events are reported in the DP master node proxy e g node failure e Diagnostic address of the module address for slot 2 All module IM 154 8 CPU as an intelligent DP slave for example events are reported in the master OB 82 at this address With a IM 154 8 CPU as DP Slave for example diagnostic interrupts for operating mode transitions are reported at this address See also onnecting the programming device to a node Page 122 onnecting the programming device to several nodes Page 123 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Modul
270. stics Does not require an S7 connection X IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 29 Communication 3 2 Communication services means of UDP Ethernet with UDP protocol by means of loadable FBs connection is handled in the user program by means of loadable FBs Communication service Functionality Time at which the S7 connection is via via DP via established MPI PN SNMP Standard protocol for network Does not require an S7 connection X Simple Network diagnostics and configuration Management Protocol Open communication by Data exchange via Industrial Does not require an S7 X means of TCP IP Ethernet with TCP IP protocol connection is handled in the user by means of loadable FBs program by means of loadable FBs Open communication by Data exchange via Industrial Does not require an S7 X means of ISO on TCP Ethernet with ISO on TCP connection is handled in the user protocol by means of loadable program by means of loadable FBs FBs Open communication by Data exchange via Industrial Does not require an S7 X See also Distribution and availability of S7 connection resources Page 68 onnection resources for routing Page 69 3 2 2 Properties PG communication Programming device communication is used to exchange data between engineering stations programming device PC for example and SIMATIC modules which
271. t Language Laufzeit Available Languages Installed Languages in Project Spanish Chile Spanish Colombia Spanish Costa Rica Spanish Dominican Republic Spanish Ecuador Spanish El Salvador Spanish Guatemala Spanish Honduras Spanish Mexico Spanish Nicaragua Spanish Panama 4 amp English United States French France German Germany Italian Italy Spanish International Sort Default Language English United States Set as Default w Cancel Help Figure 3 2 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Example for selecting the display device language 51 Communication 3 3 Web Server Set the language for Web Select up to two languages for the Web from the languages installed for display devices Open the Properties dialog for the IM 154 8 CPU e Check the Activate web server on this module check box e Select up to two languages for the Web Properties 1M 154 8 CPU RO S2 Cyele Clock Memory Retentive Memory Interrupts Time of D ay Interrupts Cycle Interrupts General Startup Synchronous Cycle Interrupts Diagnostics Clock Protection Communication Web V Enable web server on this module Select the languages you want te download to the CPU You can select up to 2 languages MEnglish United States French France LJSpanish Traditional Sort Haltan Italy
272. tatus and error LED sia sccdostonccacs oa adkeosnmsisaaadeuaciiatemanmauesnaamaiieye 171 9 4 1 HroduUcioN ason a S tadeed easde ane eaeeceeaeeaeye 9 4 2 Status and error displays on the IM 154 8 CPU uu cece eee cetecneeeeeeeenecaeceeeeeeecnaseneenee 172 9 4 3 Evaluating the SF LED in case of Software effors ccccccceseeeceenectaeceecaeenecnaeeaeeeeneenseensens 173 9 4 4 Evaluating the SF LED in case of hardware CrrOrs ccccceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeenaeeeseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaes 9 4 5 Status and error displays for the DP interface cece csccseetecneeceeceeenecnaeeaeeseenecnaeeseeeeenaene 176 9 4 6 Status and error displays for the PN interface cece cent eeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseetaeeeeneteeees 9 5 Diagnostics for the integrated power module 0 ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeeaeeeeneaes 9 6 Diagnostics on the PROFIBUS DP 2 iscrio aia aesae aE aai EEA 181 9 6 1 Diagnosing the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP master ccc cccccesecseeeenecneeeeeeseenecnaeeseeneeneenaeenaees 181 9 6 2 Diagnosing the IM 154 8 CPU as the DP Slave c cc cececee cece eenecneecaeeeeetecneeesessesneenieeneens 184 9 6 3 Interrupts on the DP Master cccececceceeeeeceeeeeeeceaeeeeee esse caaeaeee eee seceaeaeceeeesesecaeeeeeeeeteeeeeseeeeed 9 6 4 Structure of the slave diagnostic data when the IM 154 8 CPU is used as an intelligent SAV Geese deuieaceecteaececelunpeliieineeudarel dledaedecleta cee Oleesta
273. tatus and error LEDs Uses of SNMP SNMP can be used as follows e By users to integrate network diagnostics into a central HMI SCADA system using the SNMP OPC server e By the IT administrators of machine and system operators to monitor their Industrial Ethernet network using standard network management systems e By the IT administrators to primarily monitor the office network but often also the automation network using standard network management systems for example HP Openview Additional information Information relating to SNMP in the network management standardization group can be ttp www profibus com ttp na siemens com snmp opc server The PROFINET system description contains additional information about the SNMP communication service and diagnostics with SNMP 9 4 Diagnostics using status and error LEDs 9 4 1 Introduction Diagnostics with LEDs is an initial tool for error localization Usually you evaluate the diagnostic buffer for further error localization The buffer contains plain text information on the error that has occurred For example you will find the number of the appropriate error OB here If you generate this error OB you can prevent the IM 154 8 CPU switching to STOP mode IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 171 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 4 Diagnostics using status and error LEDs
274. technical specifications The IM 154 8 CPU automatically monitors and maintains the active connection If the connection is broken for example by line interruption or by the remote communication partner the active partner tries to reestablish the connection You do not have to call FB 65 TCON again FB 66 TDISCON disconnects the IM 154 8 CPU from a communication partner as does STOP mode To reestablish the connection to have to call FB65 TCON again Use with UDP Both communication partners call FB 65 TCON to set up their local communication access point This establishes a connection between the user program and operating system s communication level No connection is established to the remote partner The local access point is used to send and receive UDP message frames Use with TCP and ISO on TCP FB 66 TDISCON disconnects the communication connection between the IM 154 8 CPU and a communication partner Use with UDP FB 66 TDISCON disconnects the local communication access point i e the connection between the user program and the communication layer of the operating system is interrupted Options for interrupting the communication connection Reference 46 Events causing interruptions of communication You program the cancellation of connections at FB 66 TDISCON The IM 154 8 CPU changes from RUN to STOP At POWER OFF POWER ON For detailed information on the blocks described earlier refer to the
275. terface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 207 Technical specifications 10 2 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 208 Technical data CBA Reference setting for CPU communication 50 Number of remote interconnecting partners 32 Number of master slave functions 30 Total of all master slave connections 1000 Data length of all incoming 4000 bytes master slave connections max Data length of all outgoing 4000 bytes master slave connections max Number of device internal and PROFIBUS 500 interconnections Data length of the device internal and PROFIBUS 4000 bytes interconnections max Data length per connection max 1400 bytes Remote interconnections with acyclical transmission e Scan rate Scan interval min 500 ms e Number of incoming interconnections 100 e Number of outgoing interconnections 100 e Data length of all incoming interconnections 2000 bytes max e Data length of all outgoing interconnections 2000 bytes max e Data length per connection acyclic 1400 bytes interconnections max Remote interconnections with cyclical transmission e Transmission frequency Minimum 1 ms transmission interval e Number of incoming interconnections 200 e Number of outgoing interconnections 200 e Data length of all incoming interconnections 2000 bytes max e Data length of all outgoing interconnections 2000 byt
276. terface is configured as an MPI interface in the as supplied state The MPI Multi Point Interface is the interface between the IM 154 8 CPU and a programming device OP or for communication on an MPI subnet The typical default baud rate is 187 5 kbps You can also set 19 2 kbps for communication with an S7 200 Baud rates up to 12 Mbps are possible The IM 154 8 CPU automatically broadcasts its set bus parameters such as the baud rate to the MPI interface A programming device for example can thus receive the correct parameters and automatically connect to a MPI subnet Note You may only connect programming devices to an MPI subnet which is in RUN mode Other stations for example OP TP should not be connected to the MPI subnet while the system is in RUN Otherwise transferred data might be corrupted as a result of interference or global data packages may be lost IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 23 Communication 3 7 Interfaces Time synchronization Time synchronization is possible if the MPI DP interface is programmed as an MPI interface on the IM 154 8 CPU The IM 154 8 CPU may act as the time master with suitably programmed synchronization interval or time slave This is set in HW Config The default setting is no time synchronization As the time master the IM 154 8 CPU sends synchronization message frames to the MPI interface at the set synchronizati
277. terrupt on the DP master 190 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Index Interrupt response time Definition for the IM 154 8 CPU Process interrupt processing Isochronous mode L LAN LED LED Load memo Local data 79 Longest response time Calculation 229 Conditions 228 M M12 connectors Connectin removing Maintenance data Manual DP master 4 Manufacturer ID 193 Master PROFIBUS address 193 Memory Compression 84 Memory areas Load memory System memor Work memory 74 Memory functions Compression Deleting blocks Delta downloading for blocks Download of blocks Downloading blocks Memory reset 8 Promming RAM to ROM Restart 84 Uploading blocks 83 Warm start 84 Memory reset 84 MPI DP parameters with mode selector switch Mode selector switch 20 Memory reset with IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Modifying of variables 164 Module status 195 Monitor of variables 164 Monitoring and modifying variables Creating a variable table 126 Establishing a connection with the IM 154 8 CPU Modifying outputs when the IM 154 8 CPU is in STOP mode Modifying tags Monitor tag opening the VAT Saving the variable table 128 setting the trigger points 127 MPI 23 N Network Diagnostics 170 Network node 3 O OB 83 OB86 OP communication Operating Instructions Changes sin
278. th SFC 82 CREA_DBL and the corresponding block attribute ATTRIB gt NON_RETAIN bit Requirement in STEP 7 e The Non retain check box must be deactivated in the block properties of the DB or e A retentive DB was generated with SFC 82 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Memory concept 4 1 Memory areas and retentive address areas 4 1 4 Address areas of system memory The system memory of the IM 154 8 CPU is broken down into address areas refer to the table below In a corresponding operation of your user program you address data directly in the relevant address area Address areas of system memory Table 4 3 Address areas of system memory Address areas Process image of inputs Description At every start of an OB 1 cycle the IM 154 8 CPU reads inputs the input modules and saves the values to the process input image Process image of outputs During its cycle the program calculates the values for the outputs and writes these to the process image of outputs At the end of the OB 1 cycle the IM 154 8 CPU writes the calculated output values to the output modules Bit memory This area provides memory for saving the intermediate results of a program calculation Timers Timers are available in this area Counters Counters are available in this area Local data Temporary data in a code block OB FB FC is saved to this
279. the STEP 7 configuration In STEP 7 you must set MS mode for master slave or DX for direct data exchange Table 7 12 Configuration example for the address areas of transfer memory Mode DP master DP slave Parameters VO Address I O Address Length Unit Consistency MS l 222 Q 310 2 Byte Unit 2 MS Q 0 l 13 10 Word Total length 32 Address areas in the Address areas in the These parameters of the address areas DP master CPU IM 154 8 CPU must be the same for DP master and DP slave IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 138 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 5 Commissioning PROFIBUS DP Sample program Below you will see a small sample program for data exchange between DP master and DP slave The addresses used in the example are found in the table above In the IM 154 8 CPU DP slave In the DP master CPU L 2 Data preparation in the DP slave T MB 6 L IB 0 py MB 7 L MW 6 Forward data to DP master T POW 310 L PIB 222 continued processing of received data in DP master T MB 50 L PIB 223 L B 16 3 I T MB 51 L 10 Data preparation in the DP master 3 iE MB 60 CALL SFC 15 Send data to DP slave LADDR W 16 0 RECORD P M60 0 Byte 20 In the user program for the master a block of 20 bytes from MB60 is consistently written to the output area PABO to PAB19 transfer area from the master to the slave RET_VAL MW 2
280. the Monitoring time for parameter transfer to modules parameter This means that the DP slaves must power up within the set time and must be set by the IM 154 8 CPU as DP master PROFIBUS address of the DP master See also 134 For the IM 154 8 CPU DP CPU you must not set 126 as a PROFIBUS address PROFIBUS DP Page 25 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 5 Commissioning PROFIBUS DP 7 5 3 Commissioning the IM 154 8 CPU as a DP slave Requirements for commissioning e The DP master is configured and programmed e If the MPI DP interface of your IM 154 8 CPU is to act as a DP interface you must configure the interface as the DP interface e You must configure the IM 154 8 CPU as a DP slave prior to commissioning That means that in STEP 7you must Switch on the IM 154 8 CPU as a DP slave Assign a PROFIBUS address to the IM 154 8 CPU Assign a slave diagnostic address to the IM 154 8 CPU Specify whether the DP master is an S7 DP master or another DP master Specify the address areas for data exchange with the DP master e All other DP slaves are programmed and configured GSD file If you are working on an IM 308 C or third party system you will need a GSD file in order to be able to configure the IM 154 8 CPU as a DP slave in a DP master system Search for the entry with the number Note If you wish to u
281. the user program Response time Here the user program s response to the change in the input signal is output at the outputs The shortest response time is the sum of Table A 12 Formula Shortest response time 1 x process image transfer time for the inputs 1 x process image transfer time for the outputs 1x program processing time 1 x operating system processing time at the SCC Delay in the inputs and outputs Shortest response time The result is equivalent to the sum of the cycle time plus the I O delay times Page IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 227 Appendix A 3 Cycle and response times A 3 3 3 Longest response time Conditions for the longest response time The figure below shows the conditions under which the longest response time is reached Delay of inputs i Twice the update time for PROFINET IO or twice the DP cycle time onthe PROFIBUS DP depending on whether PROFINET IO or PROFIBUS DP is being used i While reading in the PII the status of the monitored input changes This change of the input signal is not included in the PII any longer aa E a gt oe ae cw GEES med i ape Response time The change of the input signal is included in the PIl The change of the input signal is processed by the User program application program eos The response of the user program to the change of the input si
282. tion Download 14 Download the configuration to the IM 154 8 CPU You have three options e Online via the MPI DP interface the programming device and IM 154 8 CPU must be located on the same subnet When you download the configuration in a system containing several node addresses select the appropriate MPI or PROFIBUS address for the IM 154 8 CPU target CPU e Online via the PN interface When you download the configuration in a system containing several nodes select the appropriate IP address for the IM 154 8 CPU Select the MAC address of the target CPU if the IM 154 8 CPU does not yet have an IP address In the next dialog box you can assign the configured IP address to the IM 154 8 CPU The programming device must be connected to the subnet The programming device interface must be set to TCP IP Auto mode Setting in the IE PG Access tab of the interface properties dialog box Assign Project Specific IP Address e Offline by saving the data to a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card in SIMATIC Manager on your programming device and then inserting the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card into the IM 154 8 CPU Assigning IO Device Names 15 Requirement The programming device must be connected to the subnet The programming device interface must be set to TCP IP Auto mode Setting in the IE PG Access tab of the interface properties dialog box Assign Project Specific IP Address Procedure In online mode select the various IO devices in HW Conf
283. tion system that allows data exchange between a large number of nodes All the subnets together form a network The reference potentials of the control and load circuit of non isolated I O modules are electrically interconnected IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Glossary NTP OB OB priority Operating state The Network Time Protocol NTP is a standard for synchronizing clocks in automation systems via Industrial Ethernet NTP uses the UDP wireless network protocol gt Organization blocks The CPU operating system distinguishes between different priority classes for example cyclic program execution or process interrupt controlled program processing Each priority class is assigned organization blocks OBs in which the S7 user can program a response The OBs are assigned different default priority classes These determine the order in which OBs are executed or interrupt each other when they appear simultaneously SIMATIC S7 automation systems know the following operating states STOP STARTUP RUN Operating system The CPU OS organizes all functions and processes of the CPU which are not associated to a specific control task P Organization blocks Parameter Organization blocks OBs form the interface between CPU operating system and the user program The order in which the user program is executed is defined in the organization blocks e Variable of a STE
284. tputs to a data block you can always check the status at the outputs Prepare the IM 154 8 CPU Connect a programming device Connecting the programming device PG Start up the power supply and ET 200pro with the IM 154 8 CPU and check the LEDs Start up the power supply and the ET 200pro with the Initial power on IM 154 8 CPU plugged in Check the LED displays on both the IM 154 8 CPU Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting Reset the IM 154 8 CPU memory and check the LEDs Resetting the IM 154 8 CPU using the mode selector Commission the rest of the modules Gradually install the other modules in the ET 200pro and start them up in succession ET 200pro operating instructions Danger A one without error error message Proceed step by step Do not go to the next step unless you have completed the previous Reference Important notes can also be found in the Debugging Functions Diagnostics and Troubleshooting section See also Procedure Commissioning the software Page 107 106 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Commissioning 7 2 2 Procedure Commissioning the software Requirements Your ET 200pro with the IM 154 8 CPU is e mounted and e wired 7 2 Commissioning procedure Software requirements to be satisfied in order to utilize the full functionality of your IM 154 8 CPU Fo
285. traffic Data static Data temporary Default router 238 gt Direct data exchange Static data can only be used within a function block These data are saved in an instance data block that belongs to a function block Data stored in an instance data block are retained until the next function block call Temporary data is the local data of a block It is stored in the L stack when the block is executed After the block has been processed this data is no longer available The default router is the router that is used when data must be forwarded to a partner located within the same subnet In STEP 7 the default router is called Router S7EP 7 assigns a local IP address to the default router by default IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Glossary Determinism Device Device name Diagnostic buffer Real Tine Within the context of PROFINET device is the generic term for e Automation systems e Field devices PLC PC for example e Active network components for example distributed I O valve terminals drives e Hydraulic devices e Pneumatic devices The main characteristic of a device is its integration in PROFINET communication over Ethernet or PROFIBUS The following device types are distinguished based on their attachment to the bus e PROFINET devices e PROFIBUS devices gt PROFIBUS device gt PROFINET device Because a fixed IP address is assign
286. troduction Connect the power supplies PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET to the CM IM DP M12 7 8 terminal module The IM 154 8 CPU interface module is equipped with an internal PROFINET Switch This allows the PROFINET to be looped through directly or an additional IO device e g ET 200pro with IM 154 4 PN to be connected directly X01 DP1 M12 circular socket with male contact insert for connecting PROFIBUS DP X01 DP2 M12 circular socket with socket insert for looping PROFIBUS DP through X02 P1 M12 circular socket with socket insert for connecting PROFINET X02 P2 M12 circular socket with socket insert for connecting PROFINET X03 DC 24V 7 8 circular socket with male contact insert for connecting the electronic encoder supply 1L and load voltage supply 2L X04 DC 24V 7 8 circular socket with socket insert for looping through the electronic encoder supply 1L and load voltage supply 2L AN Caution PROFINET Modules with PROFINET interfaces may only be operated in LANs Local Area Network where all nodes are equipped with SELV PELV power supplies or protection systems of equal quality A data transfer terminal modem for example is required to access the WAN Wide Area Network in order to ensure compliance with this safety standard IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 91 Installing and connecting 5
287. truments Appendix and of the load power supply units connected to reference potentials The points to be checked are listed in the ET 200pro operating instructions E7 200pro operating instructions under Installing Are all the modules wired up correctly e g connectors plugged into the terminal modules and screwed down terminal modules plugged in and screwed to the rack Connecting IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 109 Commissioning 7 4 Commissioning the modules 7 4 Commissioning the modules 7 4 1 Inserting Replacing a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card SIMATIC Micro Memory Card MMC as memory module The memory module used in your IM 154 8 CPU is a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card You can use the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card as a load memory or a portable data medium Note There must be a SIMATIC Micro Memory Card inserted in order to use the IM 154 8 CPU The SIMATIC Micro Memory Card is not supplied as standard with the IM 154 8 CPU AN Warning Make sure that the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card to be inserted contains the proper user program for the IM 154 8 CPU system The wrong user program may have fatal processing effects Inserting replacing the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card 1 First switch the IM 154 8 CPU to STOP 2 Loosen the 4 screws on the CM IM PN DP M12 7 8 terminal module and remove it from the interface module Caution In order to p
288. ts Process Image of Inputs Scan cycle check point Operating system to S7 400 CPUs the IM 154 8 CPU only accesses data with an OP TP monitor and modify functions at the cycle control point for data consistency see Technical specifications Processing of the user program is not interrupted by the monitor and modify functions IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Appendix A 3 Cycle and response times Extending the cycle time Always make allowances for the extension of the cycle time of a user program due to e Time based interrupt processing e Process interrupt processing e Diagnostics and error processing e Communication with programming devices PGs operator panels OPs and via connected CPs e g Ethernet or PROFIBUS DP e Testing and commissioning such as e g status controlling of variables or block status functions e Transfer and deletion of blocks compressing user program memory e Write read access to the SIMATIC Micro Memory Card using SFC 82 to 84 in the user program e S7 communication via the integrated PROFINET interface e PROFINET CBA communication via the PROFINET interface system load SFC call updating at the cycle control point e PROFINET IO communication via PROFINET interface system load A 3 2 2 Calculating the cycle time Introduction The cycle time is derived from the sum of the following influencing factors Process image update T
289. ts can be used in the FCs in the source program in different ways In a distributed ET 200pro addresses can be compressed If ET 200pro I O modules are used downstream of the IM 154 8 CPU used centrally this is not possible however Porting with unpacked addresses If you use FBs with uncompressed output addresses the required program sections can be transferred easily to the IM 154 8 CPU without the need for porting 11 0 Q0 0 gt 11 1 Q0 1 gt DO_1_Module Q0 2 Q0 3 _ Q1 0 gt Q1 1 Q1 2 1 3 Figure A 2 Example FB with unpacked addresses gt DO_2_Module IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 231 Appendix A 4 Porting a user program Porting with packed addresses Rewiring 232 If FBs with compressed output addresses are copied to the IM 154 8 CPU the compressed addresses there can no longer be assigned to the outputs of the I O modules locally because the CPU of the IM 154 8 CPU cannot work with compressed addresses This requires rewiring of the corresponding FBs Rewiring corresponds to unpacking the addresses 11 0 Q0 0 gt 1 1 Q0 1 gt DO_1_Module Q0 2 a0 3 Q0 4 gt Q0 5 gt DO_2_Module Q0 6 Q0 7 J Figure A 3 Example FB with packed addresses The following blocks and addresses can be rewired e Inputs outputs e Bit memories timers counters e Functions and function blocks To rewire the signals please do the following 1 In SIM
290. ts the DP bus cycle after a constant interval From the perspective of the slaves this means that they receive their data from the master at constant time intervals In STEP 7V5x or later you can configure constant bus cycle times for PROFIBUS subnets A detailed description of the constant bus cycle time can be found in the STEP 7 Online Help Isochronous updating of process image partitions SFC 126 SYNC_PI is used to isochronously update the process input image partition A user program which is linked to a DP cycle via OB 61 can use this SFC to update the input data in the process input image partition consistently and synchronously with these intervals SFC 126 accepts interrupt control and can only be called in OB 61 SFC 127 SYNC_PO is used to isochronously update the process output image partition An application program which is linked to a DP cycle can use the SFC to transfer the computed output data from the process output image partition to the I O consistently and synchronously with these intervals SFC 127 accepts interrupt control and can only be called in OB 61 SFC 126 and 127 are described in the S7EP 7 online help and in the System and Standard Functions for S7 300 400 reference manual For additional information refer to the sochronous Mode function manual Time synchronization Information about time synchronization via PROFIBUS DP can be found under nferfaces gt PROFIBUS DP IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module
291. vailable at ttp www siemens com automation service amp support in the Product Support area Programming Programming language STEP 7 LAD FBD STL Instruction set See the Instruction List Nesting levels 8 System functions SFC See the Instruction List System function blocks SFB See the Instruction List User program protection Yes Dimensions Mounting dimensions W x H x D mm 135 x 130 x 60 60 without screw cap for RJ45 socket 65 with screw cap for RJ45 socket Weight approx 555 g Voltages currents electrical potentials Rated supply voltage for the electronic 24 VDC components 1L e Permissible range 20 4 V to 28 8 V e Reverse polarity protection Yes against destruction e Short circuit protection Yes with replaceable fuse e Power failure buffering 5 ms Rated load voltage 2L 24 VDC integrated power module e Reverse polarity protection Yes against destruction e Short circuit protection Yes with replaceable fuse IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 211 Technical specifications 10 2 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Technical data Current consumption from rated supply voltage 1L Typically 350 mA Inrush current Typically 2 0A 12t Typically 0 04 A s External fusing of power supply lines recommended e Electronic encoder supply 1L e Load voltag
292. vice Open communication via Industrial Ethernet Page IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 67 Communication 3 4 S7 connections 3 4 3 Distribution and availability of S7 connection resources Distribution of connection resources Table 3 8 Distribution of connections Communication service Distribution Programming device communication In order to avoid allocation of connection resources being dependent only on the chronological sequence in which various communication services are requested connection resources can be reserved for these services OP communication S7 basic communication aes j For PG and OP communication at least one connection resource is reserved by default The following table and the technical specifications for the IM 154 8 CPU contain the configurable S7 connections and the default setting You redistribute the connection resources by setting the relevant IM 154 8 CPU parameters in STEP 7 S7 communication Available connection resources that are not specially reserved for a service Programming device OP communication S7 basic communication are used for this Routing PG functions The IM 154 8 CPU provides a number of connection resources for routing These connections are available in addition to the connection resources The subsection below shows the number of connection resources Global data communication This communicatio
293. ween the process and the automation system There are digital input and output modules and analog input and output modules Equipotential bonding Error display Electrical connection equipotential bonding conductor that keeps electrical equipment and extraneous conductive objects to the same or almost the same potential in order to prevent disturbing or dangerous voltages between those objects One of the possible reactions of the operating system to a runtime error is to output an error message Further reactions Error reaction in the user program CPU in STOP Error handling via OB Error response ERTEC ET 200 After the operating system has detected a specific error e g an access error with STEP 7 it calls a dedicated organization block error OB in which the subsequent behavior of the CPU can be defined Reaction to a runtime error Reactions of the operating system It sets the automation system to STOP indicates the error or calls an OB in which the user can program a reaction gt ASIC The ET 200 distributed I O system with PROFIBUS DP protocol allows the connection of distributed I Os to a CPU or suitable DP master ET 200 is characterized by high speed reaction times because of a minimum data transfer volume bytes The ET 200 is based on IEC 61784 1 2002 Ed1 CP 3 1 d standard ET 200 operates according to the master slave principle Possible DP masters include the IM 308 C master interface module or the
294. y the program processing time of the higher priority interrupt OBs and the interrupt OBs of equal priority which have not yet been executed queued Process diagnostic interrupt response times of the IM 154 8 CPU Table A 14 Process diagnostic interrupt response times of the IM 154 8 CPU Interrupt response times without communication for Duration Process alarm diagnostic alarm less than 10 ms Process interrupt processing Process interrupt processing begins after process interrupt OB 40 is called Higher priority interrupts stop process interrupt processing Direct I O access is executed during runtime of the instruction After process interrupt processing has terminated cyclic program execution continues or further interrupt OBs of equal or lower priority are called and processed See also Overview Page 220 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module 230 Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Appendix A 4 Porting a user program A 4 Porting a user program Introduction By porting we mean making available on a distributed basis a program that was previously used centrally on a master Certain adjustments may be necessary to relocate an existing program partially or completely from a master to an intelligent slave The resources required for porting sections of a user program to an intelligent slave depend on how the address assignment of outputs is stored in the FBs in the source program The outpu
295. ys 0 Figure 9 9 Bytes y 4 to y 15 for a diagnostic interrupt operating state transition by the intelligent DP slave IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 197 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 6 Diagnostics on the PROFIBUS DP Structure of the interrupt data when a diagnostic interrupt is generated by SFB 75 on the intelligent DP slave from byte y 4 198 o sd 3 2 i Bit Bytey4 TITT 0 IM 154 8 CPU OK 1 IM 154 8 CPU faulty me 5 4 3 2 i Bit Byte y 5 765 43 210 Bit eyteyxe III 73s 4 3 2 i Bit Bytey7 I ZOT STAS Bit eyteys TT 111111 Follow the application description for SFB 75 Please note that this diagnostic data in the S7 context has a fixed meaning For detailed information refer to the STEP 7 Online Help or the System Software Reference Manual for S7 300 400 System and Standard Functions Diagnostic data section Figure 9 10 Bytes y 4 to y 15 for the diagnostic interrupt SFB 75 IM 154 8 CPU Interface Module Operating Instructions 12 2006 A5E00860134 01 Debugging functions diagnostics and troubleshooting 9 7 Basics of diagnostics in PROFINET IO 9 7 Basics of diagnostics in PROFINET IO Totally Integrated Diagnostics Concept Basic concept PROFINET IO supports you with an integrated diagnostics concept The diagnostics concept with PROFINET IO is similar to that of PROFIBUS DP Below w

Display - Service, Support

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents